CENSUS OF INDIA 1981

SERIES- 12

MAHARASHTRA

PARTX-8 SURVEY REPORT ON TOWN JAWHAR

Field Investigation & Draft

P. G. ABHYANKAR D. K. ZAMBARE

Edited by

Smt. V. Y. Joshi

Guidance & Finalisation

A.S.Dange DIRECTORATE OF CENSUS OPERATIONS MAHARASHTRA

CONTENTS

Pages

Foreword (v)

Preface (vii)

Acknowledgement (ix)

Maps (x)

Town at a glance (xii)

Chapter I Introduction 1-20

Chapter II History of growth of the town 21-29

Chapter III Amenities and services History of growth and the present position 30-49 Chapter IV Economic life of the town .. 50-84 Chapter V Ethnic and selected socio demographic characteristics of the population 85-107

Chapter VI Migration and settlement of families 108-125

Chapter VII Neighbourhood pattern 126-131

Chapter VIUFamily life in the town 132-147

Chapter IX· Housing and material culture 148-160

Chapter X Slums blighted and other areas with substandard living conditions 161 -162

Chapter XI Organisation of power and prestige 163 -169

Chapter XII Leisure and Recreation Social Participation Social Awareness, leligion and crime 171-187

Chapter XIII Linkages and continua 188-206

Chapter XIV Conclusion ~07-209

II'

FOREWORD

Apart from the decennial enumeration of population, the Indian Census is steeped in the tradition of undertaking a variety of studies of topical interest. In fact, the publications brought out in connection with the earlier censuses contained veritable mines of information on racial, cultural, linguistic and a number of other aspects of life of the people of this country. With the advent of freedom, however, the scope and dimension of these special studies had to be restructured in a manner that would provide the basic feedbacks on the processes of development taking place in different spheres of life of the people especially under planned development.

Thus, in connection with the 1961 Census, a massive programme was launched inter-alia to conduct socio-economic survey of about 500 villages selected from different parts of the country. The main objective of this study was to know the way of life of the people living in Indian villages which accounted for 82 per cent 'of the total population as per the 1961 Census. There was, however, an imperative need to extend the area of the study to urban centres as well, to provide a complete coverage of the people living in diverse socio-economic conditions. It was with this objective in view ancillary studies on towns were launched as part of the social studies programme in connection with the 1971 Census.

The programme of social studies taken up in connection with the 1971 Census, was continuea without any major change at the 1981 Census as well. A study on traditional rural based handicrafts was, however, added as a new· item under the social study projects of the 1981 Census. For the conduct of urban study, 64 small and medium towns were selected from different parts of the country following the criteria such as (a) size, (b) demographic features, (c) functional characteristics, (d) specific industry or occupation dominating the econ­ omy, (e) location, (f) concentration of different castes and communities, and (g) other social and cultural phenomenon like temple town, health resort etc.

The research design, tools for data collection and formats for data tabulation and report writing required for urban studies were originally formilated by Dr. B.K.Roy Burman, the then Deputy Registrar General, Social Studies Division. His successor, Dr. N.G.Nag took considerable pains to revise all the formats to make them more comprehensive. Dr. K.P.lttaman, the present Deputy Registrar General heading Social Studies Division, coordinated these studies at different levels as well as rendered necessary gudiance to the Directorates of Census Operations for

v their successful ccnsummation. Shri M.K.Jain, Senior Research Officer with the help of A.K.Singh Assistant Director Census Operations of and Shri Ganesh Das and Shri I.P.Singh Investigator did a commendable job in scrutinising the reports and communicating the commems the,'eon to the Directorates. I am grateful to all of them.

The present report is the out-come of a study on Jawhar town undertaken by the Directorate of Census Operations, Maharashtra. I am indebted to Shri A.S. Dange Deputy Director and his colleagues in the Census Directorate for their painstaking efforts in bringing out this report.

New Delhi, the V. S. VERMA 1st of June, 1988 REGISTRAR GENERAL, INDIA

VI PREFACE

In the history of Indian Census, the town survey was taken for the first time. during 1961 census and this survey was continued during 1971 and 1981 cen­ suses without any major change. During 1961 and 197_1 censuses, the Census Directorate of Maharashtra has not brought out report on town. According to 19f?1 census, there are 307 towns in Maharashtra. The Directorate of Maharashtra had selected 3 towns under this project and the Report on Paithan is the first and Jawhar is the second. Jawhar is a small former princely town which has a concentration of tribal population area and histor!cal background. It is a centre of Hindu and Muslim religions with an infrastructure for slow urbanisation. In this report, the various socio-economic factors that govern the life of the people in the town and its prospects are brought out and substantiated with statistical data collected by a socio-economic survey of the town by contacting selected house­ holds.

The report is the project of co-operation from various officials in the Census Department, I am extremely grateful to Shri V.S.verma, Registrar General, India and Dr. N.G.Nag, ex-Deputy Registrar General (SS), Dr. KP.lttaman, the present Deputy Registrar General (SS), Shri M.KJain, Senior Research Officer and Shri B.P.Jain, Deputy Director (Printing ) and their colleagues who offered valuable suggestions for designing the survey and in drafting and finalising the report.

In this directorate, the field work of the town commenced in December 1986 and extended over a period of one year. Shri P.G. Abhyankar, Investigator assisted by Shri D. K.Zambare, Statistical Assistant have done the main field work under the supervision of Smt. V.Y. Joshi, Assistant Director. The preliminary draft was prepared by SjShri Abhyankar, Zambare and Yeshodharan which was later scrutinised and edited by Smt. V.Y. Joshi, Assistant Director and finalised by the undersigned. The views expressed in this report and the conclusions drawn are those of the Author and do not in any way reflect the views of the Government.

My thanks are also to the staff of social studies section who undertook the field study and tabulated the data, to the staff in cartography section for having prepared the maps and diagrams for this report under the guidance of Shri KS. Thakur, Research Officer and to Shri S.G. Gavali for the photographs found in this report. Our special thanks to Shri R.V. Tendulkar, President of Jawhar Municipal Council, to Chief Officer, Municipal CounCil, Jawhar and social workers for extend-

VII ing full co-operation at all stages and to the residents of Jawhar town, who co­ operated with us wholeheartedly in conducting the study and bringing out this report.

Bombay, Ganesh Chaturthi A.S. Dange 15 September, 1988 Deputy Director" of Census Operations, Maharashtra.

VIII ACKNOWLEDGMENT

field Investigation Shri C.S.More, S.A. Shri V.V.Desai, S.A. Shri S.A Karnik, S.A Shri N.O.Solanki, Computor

Tabulation Shri M.K.Yashodharan, S.A. Smt. J.R.Wagale, S.A. Smt. AM.Sawant, Computor Smt. AS.Mahadaikar, Computor Smt. M.M.Malshe, Computor Smt. AV.Kale, Computor Shri W.A.O'souza, Computor

Typing Smt.R.S.Mahale, L.D.C. Smt.S.S.Dahibavkar, L.D.C.

Cover design Shri AL.Ranadive, Artist

IX z ::; "0,,- o " r- " 0:: <{ I 5: I <{ -, LLo Z o i= Cl <{ U o -< _j

I -< -!~ i i >- '. i i i i i i I 0 ;:- , I 0 ;..

-<

l:

" "

I

,~.,

.l_ .. _____ ~ ______._ l . ---o~-'------~--O~------" . ('':2 , OJ '~ JAWHAR TOWN SHOWING ROADS AND AMENITIES

(NOT TO SCA~[)

\ i

.~ -_ ..., '~" III I I ."'""'" ~ A HAL A X M I \ \ \ " '. SA ~ ~TI-( i 'Y" '1·""'.~·"""i:.7· 7' r' 'I 'I' i ~(

'7/ '7" '7" _. __ ' '7"

LEGEND

BOUNDRY TOWN _._.

WARD WITH NO Dl] ROAD I STREET -- POLICE STATION PS COURT C

IX - RAM MANOIR POST OFFICE PO X - NEHRU CHOWK TALATHI OFfiCE TO l{IV- S T STAND AREA TAHSILDAR eFFICE TAH L~ -======::::::======::::.J TOWN AT A GLANCE (District: Thane)

1. Area 357 km' 2. Residential Houses 1.459 3. Households 1,527 4. Population Males 3,674 Females 3.381

5. Scheduled Castes Males 285 Females 258

6. Scheduled Tribes Males 941 Females 933

7. Literates Males 2,585 Females 1,888

8. Total workers Males 1,780 Females 373

9. Non-workers Males 1,894 Females 3,008

10. Decennial population growth rate (1971-81) 15.47

11. Density of population (per km2.) 1976

12. Sex ratio (Females per 1000 males) 920

13. Rainfall (Average) 3810.0 mm_

14. Distance of district headquarters (Thane) 110 km ...

15. Nearest railway station Dahanu Road (60 km)

16. Educational Institution 13

17. Medical Institution Government Hospital -1 Private Dispensaries -7 18. Religious Institutions Temples -9 Masjid -i 19. Holiday resort M.T.D.C. Suites available with dormetory

XII Welcome to Jawhar

XIII CHAPTER

INTRODUCTION location The landscape of Jawhar town is paraller to a hill station in general. The developed part of the Jawhar is a small town and tahsil head quar­ town (few patches of bungalows of land-lords) is ter of Jawhar tahsil in Thane District. It is situated very small near about 20 percent of the total area at distancse of 110 kms. North of the district Head and if one walks for about 15 to 20 minutes towards quarters of Thane District. It is surrounded by Talasasri any side from the main road he or she reaches to Tahsil in the north, Mokhada tahsil in the east, Vada the end of the developed locality and is confronted tahsil in the south and Pal ghar, Dahanu tahsil in the before the natural surrondings of the town. The west. eastern and western sides of the town have two beautiful points which are popularly known as Important Characteristics of the town Hanuman point and Sunset point from where one can enjoy the beauty of nature and valleys. These According to Census definition there are two two points are the main attractions of the tourist types of towns in kthe state viz. Census towns and coming to Jawhar. In addition to these two points, Municipal towns. Census town means a revenue a small dam constructed near Jawhar town, Sadan­ village and it has no urban civic status whereas a and Maharaj dargah, Old palace (darbar Hall), Jay municipal town has a civic status. Among the Vilas palace and Jama masjid are the other palces municipal towns of the district, Jawhar is the smallest of tourst interest but the centre of the attaraction town with a population of 7,055. During the pre­ of this town is its natural scenery and the new pal­ independence days Jawhar town was the capital of ace on the outskirts of the town. the old princely state, bearing the same name. After independence the state was merged in the Indian The nature of the town is predominantly Union and thus Jawhar came into existaence with residential. The immediate surrounding area of the Jawhar town as its headquarters in Thane district. town is completely rural and consists of predomi­ The town is situated in the in the interior part of nantly forest and barren land. The area outstrech­ the district. This town is having many urban ameni­ ing the town provides ample means for the dwellers ties. such as electricity, drinking water by taps, who are mostly farmers. Business in timber and lavatory, drainage, roads, education, saination etc. leather are other sources of livelihood. The hills are since long time i.e. even before that of the big of thick with (Teak Saga) trees. towns like Ulhansnagar and Ambarnath. The contamination of the city atmosphere is The town is situated on the top of hill. It's not to be seen here, no hawkers, no venders, no topography is similar to that of a hill station like hustle and bustle of any kind, no sign of modern Matheran in Raigarh district. The town, being estab­ imprint and its extremities here. The town is proud lished on top of hilly area, has limited scope of of its gifts bestowed by nature along with man horizontal development. In spread, the town is linear made Jayasagar Dam a few kms. away. excepting on the north en side, Almost all the sides of the town are cut up into small valleys. The town Jawhar municipal council came into existence has one main road and two or three other roads on 1st September 1918 and since then it is a running parallel to main road. These roads are aligned municipal town of the district. This was due to the on higher contour so as to follow the ridge and special efforts of the chief of Jawhar state at that dwellings or on the lower level. time, who was keen in having such a local adminstration for Jawhar town. Since the establish­ March to May. The south-west monsoon season is ment of tre Municipal Council was within the state from June to September. October and November of Jawhar, proper care in fixing the minicipal limits costitute the post monsoon season. of Jawhar Municipal Council does not seem to have been taken and it is very difficult today to get proof The climate of the town, though falls in Konkan of correct and exact boundaries of the area under region is cold and healthy in general throughout the the jurisdiction of Municipal Council; According to year due to its high altitude. In summer also the classification of towns on the basis of population weather is cooler than the surrounding towns like size, population of Jawhar town is within the range Thane,Dahanu, Mokhada etc. The wind direction is Of 5000-9999. As per 1981 Census the total popu­ from north and north-west for about 8 months of lation of the town is 7,055 and it has a jurisdiction the year while in rainy season it is from west and over an area of 3.57 sq. kilometres. The scheduled south-west. caste population of the town is 543 comprising 285 males and 258 females. They constitute 7.70 per Rainfall cent of the total population of the town. The scheduled tribe population in the town is 1874 comprising 941 The rainfall is not uniform throughout the district. males and 933 females. They account for about 27 It is considerably more on in land than on the per cent population. coast. Also it is less towards the north than towards the south. Topography and Physical Environment The monsoon generally starts from June of Climate each year and ends in the month of September. The average annual rainfall of Jawhar town is 3810 From the climatological point of view, the year mms. The rainfali is entirely due to the south-west is mainly divided into four seasons. The winter from monsoon. The intensity of rainfall is the highest December to February is followed by summer from generally in the month of the July-August.

2 Statement 1 - 1

Details regarding rainfall statistics at Jawhar

Month 1982 1983 1984 1985

No.of Rainfall No.of Rainfall No.of Rainfall NO.of Rainfall rainy (in mm) rainy (in mm) rainy (in mm) rainy (in mm) days days days days

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

January

February

March

April

May

June 9 290 12 352 17 557 14 265

July 24 744 28 1054 27 811 27 1053

August 29 1085 28 1118 28 904 27 664

September 11 196 21 359 12 244 7 83

October 3 65 4 134 2 32 4 82

November 3 138

December

Total 79 2518 93 3017 86 2548 79 2147

Source: Meteorological Department, Government of India, Bombay.

Temperature the climate of the town is moist. The air is clear and pleasant in the months of October and November. Being a coastal district variation in temperature is not large. After February, however, temperature There is no observatory in the town but the progressively increases till May which is the hottest temperature was recorded at Dahanu, 60 km. away month in the year. The average annual maximum from Jawhar. The same . is given in the following temperature is 34° celsius and minimum tempera­ statement I - 2. ture is 17° celsius approximately. In rainy season

3 Statement I -2

The details of Temperature - 1982-85

Highest temperature in Celsius Lowest temperature in Celsius

Month 1982 1983 1984 1985 1982 1983 1984 1985

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

January 27.5 27.0 25.6 26.9 17.9 16.3 16.0 16.5

February 28.0 26.6 27.3 28.8 18.5 17.0 17.1 17.2

March 29.4 28.8 31.4 32.0 19.8 20.2 21.8 21.8

April 31.6 30.8 33.9 33.0 23.7 22.9 24.9 23.9

May 33.8 33.7 34.3 34.4 26.5 26.9 27.5 27.3

June 33.5 33.1 33.0 31.8 27.7 27.1 26.8 26.9

July 30.7 30.6 30.1 30.8 25.4 25.5 25.5 25.9

August 30.1 30.3 29.1 29.9 25.4 25.8 24.8 25.1

September 30.7 30.6 30.3 30.9 24.2 25.1 24.7 24.7

October 33.4 30.7 31.8 31.9 24.3 23.1 23.9 22.8

November 30.9 31.0 30.6 31.8 22.3 18.9 19.4 20.0

December 32.8 28.6 29.1 29.2 20.3 18.0 17.7 18.6

33.8 33.7 34.3 34.4 17.9 163 16.0 16.5

Source - Meteorological Department, Government of India, Bombay

Soil Khair (Acacia catechu), Palas (Butea frondosa) and Apta (Bauhinia Racemosa) trees which are grown Jawhar town is situated on the top of the hill. wherever possible. There is no reserved forest area The soil is poor and is used only for growing grass in the limits of the town, Ain is used for building or coarse grai~s viz., Nagali (ragi), Vari, etc. and fuel and Khair is a valuable tree both for timber and fuel. Flora and Fauna Apart from the usual domestic fauna, occasion­ There is nothing interesting about flora of the ally some wild animals are found in the adjoining town except a few peempal (Ficus Religiosa), Wad scattered forest area. In the interior of these forests, (ficus Bengalensis), Mango, Neem (Azadirachta Indica), there are leopards, bears, wolves, deer, sambhar, Teak (Tectona grandis), Ain (Terminalia tomentosa), tiger and panthers. In this area human intervention

4 is very little. Cows, buffaloes, bUllocks, dogs and ward. It is very near to Jawhar COUIt. It provides cats are the common animals and ducks and sparrows all postal facilities to the people of the town. The are the common birds of the town. services of telegraph office and telephone exchange are also availible in the town. At the time of survey Communication with other places it was observed that there were 48 telephone connections. There is no public telephone call booth The town has always been a centre of in the town. The jurisdiction of the exchange is communication with other places. In this town, much restricted only for Jawhar town. Trunk call system of the transportation is carried out through bus has been started recently. services. Jawhar town has been linked with sur­ rounding towns and villages by means of roads only Roads and other communications and there are no other means of communication other than the roads viz.,Jawhar-Dahanu road, Vada­ The main road is not good for heavy traffic. Jawhar road and Jawhar- Mokhada road which are It is more often under repare. In short, existing classified as State Highways. The town is connected status of the roads in the town is not satisfactory. to other adjoining towns like Dahanu, MQ,khada and There are no other means of transport to this town Talasari and these towns are situated at a distance other than the roads. Jawhar is connected by the of about 50, 15 and 57 kms. respectively. Jawhar­ following State Highways. Talasari is a district road and buses of Maharshtra State Road Transport Corporation are the major 1) Jawhar-Dahanu Road, mode of travelling on these roads. The Maharashtra 2) Jawhar-Vada Road, State Road Transport Corporation operates buses 3) Jawhar-Trimbak Nashik Road, from Jawhar to some important urban major centres 4) Jawhar-Mokhada Road, Jawhar is also connected of Maharashtra like Bombay, Thane, Nashik, Trimbak to Talasari tahsil place by a district road. etc. The private bus services regularly ply passen­ gers between Jawhar and Thane-Bhiwandi-Vada etc. Morphology including land use pattern, street and Goods are transported by lorries, private buses and functonal areas bullock carts. As per the information obtained, about 81 S.T. buses are running daily from and to Jawhar Land use pattern town. This town is connected to adjoining towns or villages by state highways but the facility of city bus An examination of existing land use pattern service is not provided to the town either by the helps the planners in understanding the town and Municipal Council or by the Maharashtra State Road its activities. The existing pattern of land use is the Transport Corporation authorities. result of the past growth and the present activities of the town. Post, Telegragh and Telephone Exchang.e The total area under the jurisdiotion of Jawhar There is only one post office in the town. It Municipal Council is 357.37 hectares. The land use is located beside the main road of the town by the break-up of the entire land under Municipal control side of Mahadeo Temple Lane in Nehru Chowk is given in the following statement (1-3).

5 rOWN OOUNDAi<'Y =-:.:= ROADS Statement I - 3

Distribution of land in Jawhar town, 1981

Category of land Hectares of land Percentage

2 3

1. Residential 22.90 6.41

2. Commercial 1.01 0.28

3. Industrial 0.77 0.22

4. Public and Semi Public purpose 19.70 5.51 (Govt. & Semi Govt. offices etc.) , 5. Open space, Gardens, Play ground etc. 6.40 1.79

6. Transport & Communication 16.70 4.67

7. Agricultural land 124.54 34.85

8. Tanks, Water bodies etc. 2.21 0.62

9. Vacant, Barren and Valleys land 163.14 45.65

Total 357.37 100.00

Source: Town planning and valuation Department, Maharashtra State, 1985 and 1981 Census.

From the above statement it may be seen that tions are scattered all over the town. Tahsil office, a large proportion of land is vacant and barren i.e., Panchayat Samiti Office, High School and Hospital 163.14 hectares (45.65%). The area occupied by are prominent users. There is only one High School agricultural land is 124.54 hectares (34.85%). Out of in the town and the same has occupied an area the total area, 22.90, hectares of (6.41 %) land is of about 13.20 hectares of which much land is under residential use, the area occupied by the old barren since it is a part of a small valley. The area and new places is 2.54 hectares (0.71 %) and 3.14 occupied by Primary School is only 0.22 hectares. hectares (0.88%) respectively. The area which is 0.77 hectares (0.22%) of the total area is utilised under commercial use is about 1.01 hectares (0.28%). for Industrial purposes. The remaining area under Under this area, a cinema theatre (now it is closed) Garden and play ground, Transport and Communi­ and a petrol pump are included. The area which cation and water bodies is 25.31 (7.08%) hectares. is under the use of Primary and Secondary Schools, Training College, Hospital and. Dispensaries, Reli­ We can say from the above land use pattern gious buildings and Government and Semi Govern­ that about 80 per cent area is in undeveloped stage ment offices is designated as area under public pur­ and is partly under agricultural use and partly occupied pose. The total area under this head is about 19.70 by valleys. About 20 per cent of the area is developed hectares (5.51 %). All the above offices and institu- and the main uses of these area are residential,

7 industrial, commercial and public purposes. a) Weekly Market

Streets The weekly market in the town is held on every friday by the side of the main road. People As regards internal street system in the town, from surrounding villages come for their weekly it is seen that excepting the main and bazar road purchases in the bazar. Food grains, vegetables, there is almost no vehicular traffic on the internal cloth and household utensils are the common items streets of the town. The internal net work of streets sold in this market area. Besides the weekly market, is sufficient for taking the pedestrian traffic and light there are a few wholesale and retail shops of vehicular traffic in the near future. Some internal link foodgrains, grocery, general goods, cloth and roads require slight widening if the probable devel­ medicines where people buy their requirements as opment in the future 20 years is considered. and when they need.

Following are the main internal roads. b) Vegetable Market

1) Shivaji road There is no organised vegetable market as 2) Mahadeo road such in the town provided by the Municipal Council. 3) Sambhaji road Vegetables are sold in shops situated in different 4) Karkare Guruji road parts of the town. 5) Namdeo road 6) Maulana Azad road c) Fish & Mutton Market 7) Veer Savarkar road There is one Fish & Munon market with an The length of all internal roads is 22.44 kms. area of 150 Sq. metres. and its typewise classification is as follows: Functional areas 1) Black tapped 6.44 k.m. 2) Cement Concrete 1.00 k.m. Even though it is a municipal town, well defined 3) Water Bound Muccadam 14.00 k.m. functional areas are not easily identifiable at a particular 4) Murum 1.00 k.m. place. Some of the identified areas as administrative, commercial, industrial etc. are as follows. 22.44 k.m.

A. Administrative area Out of 22.44 kms. roads, pucca road is 21.44 kms. and kuccha road is 1.00 kms. The average Being a tahsil headquarter various administra­ road width is about 10 metres. Number of incom­ tive offices are functioning in the town with their ing and outgoing passengers daily for Jawhar town jurisdiction over the tahsil as a whole. About 15 to are 600 to .lOO approximately. 17 Central/State/Semi Govt. Offices are functioning in town. About three Govt. offices are located in Market Nehru chowk locality and the remaining are scat­ tered in Ward 2, State Transport bus stand area and The market has no defined area and is held Mangel Wada area. Two Nationalised Banks such on road sides. The permanent main shopping area as State Bank of India, Bank of Maharashtra and is located on both the sides of main road known 2 Co-operative banks are also functioning in Jawhar as Jawhar-Dahanu road. town.

8 B. Commercial area northern portion of the town.

The area occupied by this zone is about 1.01 From the above categorywise distribution it can hectares. In this area shops a Cinema theatre (now be said that the town is having a residential nature it is closed) and a Petrol pump are located. Well with almost no industry. The agricultural land is planned shopping centres do not exist in Jawhar converted into non agriculture use shows that there town at one place. But these shopping centres are is not much demand for agricultural land. From scattered wihtin the limits of the town. An important existing land use map it can also be seen that marketing centre is situated at the junction of main much land in the developed area is also vacant for road in ward NO.8 and Yeshwant Nagar in ward the present. No. 2 which is the heart of the town. In main road area there are all kinds of shops, big and small, D. Residential area retail and wholesale, dealing in stationery articles, grocery, household utensils, hardwares, medicines, In Jawhar town about 20 per cent of the area textile, panbidi etc. A good number, of hotels are is developed and the main user of this area is also functioning at this centre. Vegetable, fish and residential, and it is the largest user amongst the mutton markets are found in this ward. The busi­ developed portion in the town covering about 23 ness houses such as nationalised and Co-operative hectares of area out of the total developed area of banks and Co-operative Societies, shops are also 70 hectares. The residential area is spread all over located in the same area. the town.

C. Industrial area There are no specific areas for Government employees or bank employees in the town. Pan­ Jawhar town is the only town in Thane district chayat Samiti area and Mangel wada wards are not having a very small area under industrial use. The crowded, but Gandhi Chowk, Ambika Chowk and area under this use is only 0.77 hectares. Rice mills S.T.stand wards are crowded. The statement (1-4) and wood cutting mills are the two types of indus­ gives an idea of wardwise houses and households tries which exist in the town. There are bout 9 mills in the town. at present and they are located in the central and

this area is said to be bad. logging in the rainy season. There is a kuccha road connecting this area and the town. S.T. stand is nearby The lighting facility in this area is also poor. All the area, so there is no difficulty of transport. The lack the households use kerosene lamps except 4 house­ of basic civic amenities such as drainage, internal holds. For cooking purpose they are using firewood roads and sanitation keep the locality unhealthy. Un­ and kerosene stove. As mentioned above, this area is healthy surrounding, unemployment and poverty of located very near to the S.T. stand and is well lit by the the inhabitants are the responsible factors for the low search light of the S.T. stand throughout the night. percentage of literacy of this area. All households in this area are belonging to Hindu religion. There is no There is no drainage system in this area. Since temple in this area but people are worshipping Lord the area is on the top of the hill there is no fear of water Ganapati and Lord Shiva.

9 JAWHAR TOWN RESIDENTIAL HOUSES AND HOUSEHOLDS (Wardwise) (~OT TO SC'!AlE)

SCALE OF BAR

80UNDARY TOWN

WARD

WAR[1 ~I)M8ER JIl Statement I -4

Wardwise houses and households {1981}

Name of ward Total Total Total Scheduled Total Scheduled Remarks No.of No.of Caste Tribe reside- house- ntial holds M F M F houses

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1. Gorwadi 45 48 94 129 The wardwise 2. Panchayat Samiti 52 52 11 7 97 39 area is not 3. Mahalaxmi Mandir 53 54 5 54 55 available 4. Buddha Wada 78 84 11 15 18 16 5. Nawapada 68 68 1 69 98 6. Sadanand Maharaj 47 50 8 8 5 7 Chowk 7. Sonar ali 78 78 15 27 8. Gandhi Chowk 56 74 3 3 12 5 9. Ram Mandir 114 114 5 3 12 13 10. Nehru Chowk 72 72 31 29 11. Mahadeo Temple 97 97 8 9 81 89 12. Vishnu Mandir 143 143 13 10 140 145 13. Vithal Mandir 101 101 9 5 94 57 14. S.T.Stand area 113 135 19 13 39 33 15. Lokmanya Chowk 44 44 4 16. Ambika Chowk 39 41 12 4 17. Mukane colony 39 39 121 111 4 5 18. Fish Market area 64 64 1 1 24 30 19. Koli wada 70 70 47 56 74 96 20. Mangel Wada 86 99 21 17 62 56

Total 1459 1527 285 258 941 933

Residential pattern with reference to ethnic groups 20 wards by Municipal body for election and other ad ministrative purposes of its own. Localitywise The area of the town has been divided into dominant ethnic groups in the town are as follows.

11 Statement I - 5

Localities by ethnic groups in Jawhar

SI. No. Name of the locality Name of the dominant ethnic group

2

1. Scheduled Tribe Varli, Mahadev Koli etc. 2. Scheduled Caste (Mukane Colony) Chambhar 3. Muslim Locality Muslim 4. Sonar Locality Sonar 5. Buddha Locality Buddhist 6. Panchayat Samiti Mixed population 7. Mixed Locality Mixed population

Taking into consideration of the above ward­ the name of the temple. Mostly Varli families of low wise dominant ethnic groups of the localities are income groups reside in this area but some Muslims given below. are also found. Mostly Hindu middle class families reside near Mahalaxmi temple. 1. Gorwadi 4. Buddha Wada This ward is situated at the north-east corner of the town on the side of Nashik road. Econimically This ward is at the east side of the town. middle and low income group families of Varli and Mostly Buddhists with low income reside in this Mahadeo koli reside in this area. Primary educa­ area. In addition to this, persons belonging to other tional facility is available in this area. Trade and reloigions such as Hindu, Muslim .and Zoroastrian commerce facilities are not available here. are found in this area. The government cottage hospital and general library are the main features 2. Panchayat Samiti of this ward.

This ward lies at the north-east side of the 5. Nawapada town. The most important characteristics this ward IS the location of K.V.High School, and Jawhar Collage. The ward is at the west side of Jawhar town. This is a cosmopolitan area. Persons belonging to Mostly Mohadeo Koli persons with low income reside different religions with mixed localities are found in in this area. These families are very poor. The this area. Mostly middle class families reside in this population of this ward is not conscious of sani­ are. Some Government offices are located in this tation and public hygine. area. No trading facility is available in this area. 6. Sapanand Maharaj Chowk 3. Mahalaxmi Mandir The importance of this ward is that a famous This ward lies at the north side of jawhar dargah of Sadanand Maharaj is located here. It is town. The oldest and famous Mahalaxmi temple is a holy place of Hindu and Muslims in Jawhar town. located in this ward and so the ward is known by There is an old masjid near by the Sadanand Maharaj

12 Dargah. This ward is situated in the middle part of nities. People in this ward stay in pucca houses witt, the town. This is a thickly populated residential area. up to data housing facilities. Muslim religious persons and people belong to Maratha community reside from generation to gen­ 11. Mahadeo Temple eration in this area. It is one of the richest locality of the town post office and Tahsil Court are located This ward is located at the western side of the in the ward. town. It is nearer to Vithal Mandir and Vishnu Mandir area. The importance of this ward is that the old 7. Sonar ali temple of Mahadeo and the sunset point are located here. One Mahila Mandai performs cultural and The ward lies at the east-side of the town. religious activities in this area. Middle and poor Mostly Hindu families reside here. Generally, middle income class families reside in this ward. Brehmin and upper middle class families stay in this ward. and Mahadeo Koli families are mainly found in this Trading, commercial and educational facilities are ward. available here. 12. Vishnu Mandir 8. Gandhi Chowk Old Vishnu temple is located in this ward and This ward is situated near the Ram Mandir. therefore, this ward is known as 'Vishnu Mandir This area is the Centre of trade and commerce. ward'. The ward is located at the west corner of Mostly Hindu and Muslims stay in this area. Middle the town. Middle and lower income group families income group families stay in this ward. All types stay in this ward. This is a cosmopolitan area with of housing facilities needed for human life are available mixed localities. in this area. The meetings of the political parties are held in this area. 13. Vithal Mandir

9. Ram Mandir The ward is known by the name 'Vithal Mandir' because a famous Vithal Mandir is located in this This ward is situated in the heart of the town. area. Religious functions of Hindus are performed The famous Ram Mandir is located in this ward, and in this area. Middle income group families reside in so the ward is known by the name of 'Ram Mandir' this ward. Hindus as well as Muslims are found in Religious activities such as Ram Navami, Hanuman this area. Jayanti are performed in this area. Majority of the Hindu families are residing here from generation to 14. S.T.Stand area generation. All types of medical, educational, commercial and transport facilities and other amenities This ward is situated at the eastern side of the needed for human life are available in this ward. town and it is a purely residential area. This is a It is a rich locality as compared to other localities thickly populated area. Majority of the muslim families of the town. are residing here. Generally they speak Urdu lan­ guage. Economically middle and lower income group 10. Nehru Chowk people stay in this ward.

This ward is located at the west side of the 15. Lokmanya Tilak Chowk town and near to Sadanand Maharaj Temple. Middle income group families reside in this ward. Most of This ward is situated at the eastern side of them are from Maratha, Brahmin and Wani commu- Mahatma Phule Chowk. Middle class families stay

13 in this ward. This ward has mixed population of important palaces i.e., Hanuman Point and Jay Vilas Hindu and Muslim religions. Palace (New palace) are the main characteristics of this ward. Upper middle class families belonging to 16. Ambika Chowk different communities are staying in this area. In the past days all mangela community persons were staying This ward is situated at the western side near in the area and therefore, the ward is known as the fish market of the town. This is a thickly populated 'Mangel Wada'. area. Mostly Hindu and Muslim families with middle and low income groups stay in this ward. Houses The census data do not give the distribution in this· ward are built with pucca materials. Up-to­ of population on the basis of caste or community date housing facilities such as electricity, water, latrines with the exception of scheduled castes and sched­ are available here. All types of shops are located uled tribes. The general idea of the relative strength in and around this area. of the major communities can, however, be had from the data collected for this study. The main 17. Mukane Colony religions represented in this town are Hindu and Muslim. The remaining are Buddhist, Christian and This ward is situated at the east side and Jain religions. Hindus are in majority and they upper part of the town. Most of the families in this constitute about 79 per cent of the total population. ward belongs to chambhar caste of Hindu religion. Among the Hindus, scheduled tribe (24.75%) and The surname of most of the members of this Maratha (18.87%) are the major constituents of the community is Mukane, therefore, this ward is known population of the town. B~hmin, shimpi, Teli, as 'Mukane Colony' ward. Most of the houses in Chambhar are the other constituents of the Hindu this ward are built with pucca material. Houses of religion in the town. Of the Hindus, Brahmin this locality are neat and clean. Middle income grQup community resides in Gandhi chowk. Maratha families stay In this ward. community resides In Ram Mandir and Nehru chowk area. Scheduled tribe community is seen is gorwadi, 18. Fish Market area gaothan, K.V.High School, Nawapada, Mahadeo ali and Mangel wada areas. They belong to Mahadeo This ward is situated at the west side of the koli and Varti tribes. Secheduled caste community town and there is a fish market In this area. This resides in Mukane COlony area which is also known area is very near to Mukane colony. Persons belonging as Charmakar Vasa hat (Colony). Sonar community. to Teli and Mahadeo Koli communities with middle resides in Sonar ali area. Buddha religious persons income group families are residing in this area. resides in Buddha wada area. Muslim religious per­ sons can be seen in Sadanand Maharaj Chowk and 19. Koliwada Mahatma Phule chowk.

This ward is situated at the east side upwards Slums to Mukane colony of Jawhar town. Varti and Mahadeo Koli families with low income group reside in this There is no such area in the town which has area. These families are very poor. This area is just been notified as slum by the competent authority like a sub-standard blighted area of the town. (Jawhar Municipality) at the time of the survey. However, one blighted are with SUb-standard living 20. Mangel Wada conditions is identified at the time of survey. One such area with population engaged in diversified This ward is situated in the west of Dahanu occupations is located in koliwada ward. Economi­ road at the eastern side of Jawhar town. Two cally poor families of Mahadeo Koli, Varli and Dhor

14 koli communities reside here. A detailed account of The town is having a dargah of Sadanand this sub-standard area is given in chapter X. MaharaJ and Is situated in front of the old palace. The 'Urs' of this dargah Is held on "Vadya Saptmi Important public places of the month of 8hadrapad" In every year. Both Hindus as well as Muslims take part in the 'Urs' There are two specific places of interest In the and Is a very popular religious functions in the town town at present which attract tourists towards this and the surrounding villages. Jay Vilas palace (New town. The eastern and western sides of the town palace) in the out skirts of the town is the main have two beautiful points known. as 1) Hanuman attraction of visitors and it is a famous shooting point 2) Sunset point. The visitors visit these two centre for cinema. points for enjoying the beauty of nature. Water supply to Jawhar town is obtained from a small dam con­ The town is not lagging behind in the religious structed at about 3.5 kms. from the town which can activities also. Jawhar town has six temples and one be sald to be a good picnic spot. masjld.

15 I JAWHAR TOWN DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY WARDS ( NOT TO SCALE)

• EACH SYMBOL REPRESENTS 100 PERSONS

III Municipal Council Office

. --

17 State Transport Bus Stand

Business Centre on the Main road

18 Bazar on the main road

Sadanand Maharaj Temple

19 Square leading to Dahanu, Nashik and Mokhada

Gandhi chowk

20 CHAPTER ·11

HISTORY OF GROWTH OF THE TOWN

The history of Jawhar town is linked with the Devbarao became the King of Jawhar. He extended history of the former princely State of Jawhar. The his empire upto Bahamani Kingdom. In the battle princely State of Jawhar consisted of two unequal against the Sultan Ahmedshah of Bahamani between patches of territory, the larger in the north-western 1422-1435 A.D.he was captured and imprisoned. part and the smaller in the north-eastern part of Afterwards Devbarao converted to Muslim religion Thane district. The state of Jawhar was situated in and married with Sultan's daughter and from that the geographical limits of Thane district. date he ruled the territory of Jawhar until his death. After his death Krishnarao the grandson of Holkar­ Up to 1294, the period of the first Muham­ rao ascended the throne of Jawhar as Krishna Shah medan invasion of the Deccan, Jawhar was held by first and was recognised as the Raja of Jawhar. a Varli Chief. Afterwards the 'Jawhar' was also known as 'Kolvan'. In the year 1294, Ramdevrao Yadav, the In the succeeding centuries, Jawhar had to ruler of kolvan, was attacked by Allauddin Khilji, a carry on a struggle, first with Portuguese, and muslim emperor from North India. Ramdevrao was afterwards with the Marathas. Since from Vikram defeated in the battle and lost some portion of his Shah (I) rule, Jawhar became a subordinate state empire. of Maratha empire. After Vikramshah (I), tile ruler of Jawhar state was Vikramshah (III). After his death, After Ramdevrao, Jaidevrao captured the neigh­ his wife Sagunabai made an agreement with Mr. EI­ bouring muslim areas by attacking muslims again phinstone, the Governer of East India Company, and again and In the year 1316 on the day of Magh Bombay to coronate her son Patangshah, the King sud 2 Sadanand Maharaj proclaimed Jaidevrao as of Jawhar in the year 1826.. Since her son was a the King of Jawhar and later he was known as minor, the administration was: looked by Sagunabai 'Jayaba'. Jayaba was the founder of Jawahar. Jayaba herself and in the year 1867 she handed ov~r the had two sons namely, Dhulbarao and Holkarrao. charge of Jawhar to Patangshah and he ruled till They completed their education under the guidance his death up to 1905, in Jawhar town. The con­ of Sadanand Maharaj. After the death of Jayaba, the struction of 'Surya Talav' (water tank) for drinking elder son Dhulbarao became the king of Jawhar. water, opening of two primary schools, Krishna, In the year 1340, Mohamad-Bin-Tuglak attacked Jawhar Vidyalaya and Radha Vudyalaya, opening of police and Dhulbarao was defeated and imprisoned. But station to maintian law and order are some of his his younger brother Holkarrao continued the war achievements. After his death, Krishnashah, the elder and won the battle and subsequently Dhulbarao was son became the King of Jawhar. He ruled for 12 released. In !he year 1343, Dhulbarao was honoured years but unfortunately he died in very young age by the Shah and sent back to Jawhar and the on 16th November 1917. His brother Vikramshah emperor of Delhi conferred the title of 'Raja. So became the King on 15th April, 1918. important was this event in the history of Jawhar, that the 5th of June 1343, the day on which the Many amenities were made available to the title was receive, has been made the begining of people of Jawhar town in his kingdom. For drinking th new Saka era, Which was used in public water, he built wells, dispensaries were opened, police documents. quarters were constructed. During his rule, Jawhar town became a Municipal council. He died on 16th After the death of Dhulbarao, his grandson December 1926. After his death his son Yashwan- trao Mukane was enthroned as the King of Jawhar 1921 Census. in 1938. At the age of 20, Yahswantrao completed his education. He had taken six months training in The events connected with the growth of the administratiion from the Nashik Collector, Leme Zrar. town During the second world war, he had undergone a pilot course in the British Army and he became The main reasons for increase in population a Flight Lieutenent. After the war he returned to since 1941 of Jawhar town are educational facilities, Jawhar. In memory of his victory the people of implementation of tribal improvement schemes, Jawhar honoured him by constructing a 'Vijay establishment of Forest department office etc. One Stambha' in Yashwant nagar area. He established Industrial Training institute is also functioning in the Krishna Vidyalaya High Schoo. Yeshwant Sarvajanik town. In addition to this the climate, natural scenery Vachanalaya (Library) and Patangshah Hospital for in the town also attracts the people. Jawhar is a medical treatment. He constructed the New Palace hill station, like Mahabaleshwar and Matheran, and called 'Jaya Vilas Palace' and new roads also. He so many outsiders settled in the town. All these built various types of buildings for public use. Before causes increase in the population of the town. independence. he proclaimed tetTlple entry for all Hindus. He established a Schedured Caste colony Size of the town known as 'Mukane Colony' which is eXisting even today. In the year 1948 Jawhar became a part of The area of the town has decreased from 9.07 Union of India, and the Collector of Thane district sq. kms. in 1971 to 3.57 sq. kms. in 1981. It is Mr. J.B.Boman took over the charge of Jawhar. because of the gaothan area of the town is declared as rural area in 1981. During the survey, the infor­ Before independence, Jawhar was less ble~ed mation of the land use pattern is collected from with modern higher educational and medical facili­ Town Planning Department and it is observed that ties. Transport and communication services were again the size of the town has been decreased in absent. Industrial development was nil. In 1918, Jawhar 1985 by 42.37 hectares. It is because of some part was considered as an urban area. Since then its of the town has been declassified as rural area. population is continuously Increasing except In the Land Utilisation

Statement II - 1

Distribution of land in Jawhar town

Category of land Hectare of land Percentage

1981 1985 1981 1985

2 3 4 5

Residential 22.90 31.87 6.41 10.12 Commercial 1.01 2.26 0,28 0.72 Industrial 0.77 0.34 0.22 0.11 Public and Semi Public (Govt. & Semi 19.70 29.71 5.51 9.43 Govt Offices) Garden & Play ground & Public utility 6.40 4.24 1.79 1.34 Transport & Communications 16.70 12.35 4.67 3.92 Agriculture 124.54 45.83 34.85 14.55 Water bodies 2.21 2.21 0.62 0.70 Vacant & Barren land 163.14 186.19 45.65 59.11

Total 357.37 315.00 100.00 100.00

Source: Town planning and Valuation Department, Maharashtra State, Urban Research Cell, Pune Vol. XIX, 1985

The above statement (11-1) shows the land transport and communications. utilisation pattern in Jawhar town as of 1981 and 1985. It seems that in 1985 there is substantial Population Characteristics of the Town increases over to the level of 1981 under residential, Growth rate public and Semi public areas and to a little extent in commercial areas. But the agricultural area has Variation in population of Jawhar town since been reduced significantly, and a little decrease in 1901 to 1981 is given below (11-2)

23 Statement II - 2

Variation in population of Jawhar (1901-1981)

Name Year Status Area Density Persons Decadal Percen- Males Fema- Sex of of in varia- tage les ratio Town Town Km 2 tion decadal varia- tion

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Jawhar 1901 NM NA 3,567 1935 1632 843 (Distt. 1911 NM NA 3,240 - 327 9.17 1633 1607 984 Thane) 1921 Me NA 2,351 - 889 - 27.44 1169 1182 1011 1931 Me NA 2,722 + 371 + 15.78 1356 1366 1007 1941 Me NA 3,370 + 648 + 23.81 1843 1527 829 1951 Me NA 4,712 +1342 + 39.82 2410 2302 955 1961 Me 19.32 245 4,732 + 20 + 0.42 2549 2183 856 1971 Me 9.07 674 6,110 +1378 + 29.12 3224 2886 895 1981 Me 3.57 1976 7,055 + 945 + 15.47 3674 3381 920

NM Non Municipal

MC Municipal Council

NA : Not available

Source : General population tables part II - A - Maharashtra, 1981.

It would appear from the above statement that per cent. However. from 1951-61 the increase was since 1921, jawhar continues to be a municipal marginal i.e 0.42 per cent, Population increased in town. The trends in population growth of the town 1961-71 by 29.12 percent and in 1971-81 by 15.47 from 1901 to 1941 shows that the population varies per cent. The regional developement office for the from 2722 to 3567 with some desrease in 1911 and tribal people also located in Jawhar town but this 1921. The decade 1911 to 1921 witnessed the worst increase in population seems to be much less as decrease in population in many respects. The failure compared to the other towns in Thane District. This of agricultural products due to deficient and irregular is mainly because of th~ asence of industrial activity rainfall and the influenza epidemic of 1918 to 1919 and out migration of the educated persons in contributed for decrease of nearly 27 per cent in ,search of job elsewhere. (enclosed graph) the population. the decade 1921 to 1931 witnessed a gradual increase In population by 15.78 per cent. Density, Sex ratio and Religious composition However. the decade 1931 to 1941 recorded the population increased by 23.81 per cent. During 1941- As for as the density, sex ratio and religious -51, the population increased substantially by 39.82 composition is concemed, it is seen from the Census

24 JAWHAR TOWN GROWTH OF POPULATION 1901- 81

8000

7000

6000

5000 z Q f-­« --J 4000 ~ o Q

3000

2000

1000

'\ o 1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 CENSUS YEARS data, the density of the town is 1976 persons per and 895 respectively. The 1981 census shows a sq.kms in 1981 census. Similarly the sex ratio was gradual improvement with 920 persons. As regards 843 during the year 1901. It increased to 984 the religious composition,the Muslims are the second during 1911 census and again increased to 1011 largest group in the town. At present Muslims during 1921 census. Again it gradually decreased constitute 17.56 per cent of the total population of during 1931 with 1007 and it was the lowest in the the town. The cla~~if;i'A1Iin of the pupulation of year 1941 with 829. During 1951 it again increased Jawhar town according to religion, Caste/Tribe is to 955 and decreased in 1961 and 1971 with 856 given below (II -3)

Statement II ~3

Distribution of population according to religion/Caste/Tribe.

Religion/ 1971 1981 Cate/Tribe No.of Percentage No.of Percentage persons persons

2 3 4 5

Hindus 2862 46.84 3139 44.49 (Other than SC/ST)

Scheduled Caste 398 6.51 543 7.70

Schedduled Tribe 1715 28.07 1874 26.56

Buddhists 127 2.08 183 2.60

Christians 2 0.03 20 0.28

Jains 26 0.43 28 0.40

Muslims 952 15.58 1239 17.56

Sikhs 0.02

Other religions 27 044 29 0.41

Total 6110 100.00 7055 100.00

Jawhar is a town where we found mIx locali­ Rules and Regulation of Municipal Council for ties, of all religions. This also demonstrates that control of land prices there is no discrimination in residence on the basis of the religion. It is also observed from the above Municipal council, Jawhar laid down the rules statement that the scheduled tribe proportion among and regulations regarding constructions of house, the total population of the town is considerably high. cleanliness of the town and public convenience etc.

26 Without prior permission of t'Fle Municipal council of a particular place. The only information obtained one cannot start the construction of the house, from them is the year of their entry into the town shop, hotel, etc. The standing Committee of municipal and the place of their migration. The information in council framed the rules for this purpose. respect of outmlgrated families could not be ob­ tained. Therefore, the study of migration covers only These rules and regulations of the municipal such families which came to Jawhar town from council, resulted in variation In land prices from outside and which were present In Jawhar town at ward to ward and also from place to place within the time of survey. the wards according to the location and importance of the place. The price of the land along the main Broadly speaking the majority of the population road especially near State Transport bus stand and moved in the town with the head of their family. surrounding areas in Municipal limit varies from Rs. As mentioned earlier, 63.20 per cent of the surveyed 15/- to Rs 20/- or more per sq. metres. But it was households are inmigrants. This is due to transfer Rs. 5/- to Rs. 10/- before 10 years. There is no in the service sector. The opening of Regional office demand for hilly and congested land areas. The for tribal development, Forest Office improvement in wardwise land prices are not availC\ble. business activities etc., also helped to increase the rate of inmigration in the last two decades. Inmigration and out migration Source: 1) Jawhar Municipal Council, Golden Jubilee The problem of migration involves the study of Year publication, 1968. the movement of the population both in and ouy 2) District Gazetteer, Thane, 1982.

27 King Vikram Shah

28 Clock tower

29 CHAPTER III

AMENITIES AND SERVICES • HISTORY OF GROWTH AND THE PRESENT POSITION

Being a tahsil headquarter place important offices Development Department 10) Panchayat Samiti Office of the State and Central Government are situated 11) Asstt. Registrar Office of the Co-Operative Society here. Among the department maintaining such offices 12) Sub-Registrar Office 13) State Transport Corpo­ are 1) The post and telegraph 2) Telephone ex­ ration Office. Most of these offices are scattered in change 3) Tahsil office 4) Police Station 5) Sub­ the town area. treasury office 6) Public Works Department 7) Asstt. / Engineer. Electricity board sub-division 8) Employ- The statement (111-1) appended below shows ment Guarantee Scheme Office 9) Integrated Tribal the different Offices and its functions:

Statement 111·1

Important public institutions (Other than banks, educational and medical institutions)

Category Name Location When estabi- Nature of function Jurisdiction lished

2 3 4 5 6

1. Post & Telegraph Main Road. 1887 Post & Telegraph, Jawhar office Jawhar communication town

2. Telephone Exchange Near 1962 Telephone communi- Jawhar Mahadeo Ali cation Local & town Trunk calls

3. Tahsil Office Yashwant 1856 Tahsil level Jawhar Nagar administrative tahsil control, revenue collection

4. Police station Main Road 1898 Maintenance of Jawhar law & order tahsil

5. Sub-treasury Yashwant 1968 Passing Govt. bills, Jawhar Office Nagar sale of postal Tahsil stationery & Stamp papers

6. Public Works Main Road 1956 Construction, Jawhar Department Maintenance & tahsil & Development of Roads & Building

\30 Statement 111-1 (Contd.)

2 3 4 5 6

7. Assn. Engineer Mahadeo Ali 1970 Maintenance of Jawhar Electricity board electric line & Mokhada sub-division supply of electricity tahsil and collection of current charges

8. Forest Range Office Ward 10 1981 Preservation of Jawhar forest wealth tahsil

9. Intensive Publicity Ward 19 1980 Important Govt. 1. Jawhar unit, Jawhar. opp. State Tribal scheme 2. Mokhada Government propaganda & 3. Dahanu rest house publicity to show 4. Talasari film and arrange tahsils the exhibition

10. Tahsil court, Ward 6, 1950 Dealing with Jawhar Jawhar near Sada- judicial civil tahsil nand Maharaj cases Dargah

11. Adivasi Vikas Main Road, 1972 Loan distribution Thane & Mahamandal Jawhar and assistance Raigarh to Adivasi people district

12. Integrated Tribal Ward 20 1979 Implementation Dahanu Development Opp. Govt. of various tribal Talasari, Wada Department rest house. scheme Jawhar Mokhada, Jawhar Thane Tahsil

13. Panchayat Samiti Ward 2 1962 Implementation Jawhar Yashawant of rural Develop­ Tahsil Nagar ment & educatio­ nal scheme and Gram vikas Yojana.

14. Office of the Ward 19 1981 Supervision of Jawhar Asstt. Registrar Opp. Govt. co-operative tahsil of co-operatives Rest House societies

15. Sub. Registrar's Ward 2 1968 Registration of Jawhar office· purchase & Sale tahsil of lands and registration of marriage

31 Municipal Council - Jawhar Committee, Enquiry Committee, Library Grant Committee, and Poor House Committee. There are Jawhar Municipality established in 1918 in its separate departments in the municipal office to own building which consists of ground floor and first discharge various functions of the municipality. The floor. For improvement of the town, some rules were departments and their activities are as follows: framed by the Government. The earliest Regulation in this direction was the Regulation II of 1983. This Section Activities provides for a town improvement committee at Jawhar. 1. Administration General Office administration The progress made in administration was being section reviewed by Government from time to time and the town improvement committee was gradually entrusted 2. Revenue Section Assessment and Collection of with more responsibilities. The municipality is governed revenue by the District Municipalities Act, passed in 1941. 3. Health Section Sanitation arrangements This Act continued to operate till 1961. Maharashtra Municipalities Act. 1960 (Act. 14 of 1961) to Co­ 4. Public Works Maintenance and Construction ordinate the work of all the municipalities was of roads, drainage etc. promulgated after the re-organisation of the present 5. Statistics Improvement of Vital Statistics. Maharashtra State. The main activities of the Jawhar Municipal Council Jawhar town has an area of 3.57 sq. km. with are:- a population of 7,055 as per 1981 Census data. The entire municipal area is divided into 20 administra­ 1. Construction and maintenance of roads (other tive wards. Each ward has a councillor elected on than those maintained by the State Public Works the basis of adut franchise. Two wards are reserved Department within the town) Culverts, Markets, Parks for scheduled Caste and females. The term of office etc. 2) Provisions of street light. 3) Conservancy 4) for the councillors is five years. A president is elected Drainage and sewerage 5) Water Supply 6) Preven­ from amongst the elected members. The executive tion of food adulteration 7) E~ucation, Cultural and authority rests with the municipal chief officer who Social activities and 8) Vital Statistics. is appointed by the Government and is directly under the control of the Directorate of Municipal Apart from the government grant, the munici­ Administration. All important policy matter decisions pality is getting income from many other ways also. are being made by the council and the matter is One of the sources is from octroi. Besides. building forwarded to the chief Officer for implementation. tax, establishment tax, professional tax, Water tax, Jawhar Municipality has a standing committee are additional source of income. Tax is also re­ consisting of 7 members and their main duties are ceived from municipal properties like markets, houses, to supervise the utilisation of the budget grants, to lands etc. The income of the municipality during the perform monthly audit of the municipal accounts year 1985-86 & 86-87 is given in the following etc. In addition to this committee, there are also statement. (111.2) several sub-committees of the council like vigilance

32 Statement 111-2

Income of Jawhar Municipality for the years 1985-86 & 1986-87

Income by Source 1985-86 1986-87

2 3

Opening balance 10,21,995.00 12,99,145.00

Octroi 4,17,110.00 5,01,035.00

Taxes on houses and lands 1,75,698.00 1,88,752.00

Other taxes and duties 1,94,887.00 2,13,378.00

Government Grants 5,56,588.00 3,50,111.00

Receipts from market and slaughter houses 1,987.00 2,102.00

Miscellaneous 1,23,242.00 1,62,250.00

Capital receipt 3,32,039.00 10,49,146.00

Receipts from other sources 9,79,272.00 15,47,268.00

Total 38,02,818.00 53,13,187.00

(Source:- MuniCipal Council, Jawhar) It is seen from the above statement that there the project. Lighting, water supply, drainage, main­ are variations in income pattern. Like wise there are tenance of roads and general administration are the changes in the case of expenditure pattern also. major areas of expenditure. The expenditure of the The income of themunicipality is spent for develop­ municipality during the year 85-86 and 86-87 is ment purposes of the town. The nature of expen­ given in the following statement: (111-3) diture depends upon the gravity and importance of

33 Statement 111-3

Expenditure of Jawhar Municipality for the years 1985-86 and 1986-87

Expenditure by item 1985-86 1986-87

2 3

General Administration 3,31,848.00 3,77,259.00

Public lighting 51,886.00 45,583.00

Water supply 1,87,033.00 2,29,497.00

Drainage, Conservation & Sanitation 1,77,938.00 2,36,428.00

Education 34,765.00 42,753.00

Building 11,468.00 59,886.00

Roads 1,48,713.00 1,23,916.00

Other expenditure and loans 8,69,999.00 12,71,097.00

Capital expenditure 2,91,567.00 10.88,023.00

Miscellaneous 3,98,456.00 4,87,136.00

Closing balance 12,99,145.00 13,51,609.00

Total 38,02,818.00 53,13,187.00

(Source: Municipal Council Jawhar)

Water Supply: 4 kms. away from the town a small dam (Jaya Sagar) has been constructed which is 120 mtrs long Before independence the water supply system and 21 mtrs high. The maximum catchment area in the town was very poor. In the year 1935 Yasha­ is about 0.8 sq kms. Water from the dam is pumped want Sagar Dam was constructed but was not suc­ to the water works located at a distance of 1.5 km. cessful due to unfavourable natural surroundings. The water is stored after filteration and chlorination The residents were drawing water from the available in two tanks with capacity of 2,80,000 litres and wells. Before the abolition of the Jawhar state in then supplied to the town, at the rate of 18 gallons the year 1948, water tankers of state transport and per capita per day. The water purfication work is municipality brought water to the town from a distance located at the north-east point of the municipal area. of 8 miles. Shri Yashawant Rao Mukane the erst­ while Raja of Jawhar State, in the year 1947 donated The water is supplied through a network of Rs. 5 lakhs to the municipality for water supply cast iron pipes. There are 27 domestic connections scheme in the town. As a pilot project, in the yeai' of 16 mm. and 647 connections of 12 mm. besides 1952 the construction of Jaya Sagar dam was 25 public taps. Water connection is covered in the inagurated and completed in the year 1959. Since whole of the town. Public taps are being used by then Jawhar town is provided with a protected water the government offices also. Water charges are col­ supply scheme. lected at a flat rate of Rs 10/- per month per household. To avoid misuse of water, Water supply Jawhar town has a tap water supply. At about is restricted to two times in a day i.e., from 6.30

34 a.m. to 8.00 a.m. and 2.30 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. lamp posts were used for street lighting besides petro max lamps at strategic points. Now Jawhar Conservancy (Drainage) is getting electricity produced at Atomic Power station, Tarapur, which is about 60 kms away from Jawhar A scientific system of drainage is a long felt town. The electricity is supplied by Maharashtra State need of this town. For want of proper drainage electricity Board (MSEB). facilities, the water stagnates every where making it a fertile breeding place for mosquitoes. Jawhar There are 200 street light points in the town. town has an open drainage system for the present. These include both mercury vapour lamps and tube Since this town is at a high altitude, natural drain­ lights. Mercury lights are given at important points age is a boon. Rain water flows down the valley, of the town. The hours of lighting is for 12 hours makes the town clean. Yet, municipal administration i.e., from 6 p.rn. to 6 a.m. daily. The total consump­ employs 9 persons for sweeping the roads daily, of tion of units for street lighting is @ 878 units per which 3 are males and 6 are females. The roads day. The bill is paid by the municipality to the and lanes are cleaned by them every. day. They are Maharashtra State Electricity Board. Besides, there getting Rs. 714/- per month. are 1568 domestic connections.

There are 10,380 mtrs. pucca gutters and 3000 The average total domestic consumption per mtrs. Kaccha gutters in Jawhar town. Four persons day is 1113 units. The rate is as per slabs of use. are employed to keep the gutters clean. Three persons Upto 90 units, 30 paise per unit, 91 to 450 units, are on daily wages of Rs. 10/- per day and the 55 paise per unit and 451 and above, 85 paise per other gets Rs. 714/- per month. No accommodation unit is charged besides a meter rent of Rs. 1.50. is provided to them. There are 255 private and 51 public latrines in Jawhar town. All are constructed For commercial use 50 paise upto 90 units, with septic tank facilities. The scavengers accumu­ 88 paise for 91 to 450 units and 98 paise for 451 late the garbage in particular place. They also clean and above units. The electric connections for various the public latrines daily. Private people make their purposes are given below:- own arrangement to clean their latrines from time to time. Connections

Domestic 1568 The accumulated garbage is carried outside of the town with a tractor provided by the municipality. Industrial 64 Seven persons are engaged in this work. Four are Agricultural 51 daily wage workers. They are getting Rs. 10/- per day and three are getting a monthly salary of Rs. Commercial 392 714/-;' Accommodation is provided to none of them. Road lighting 140 Spraying of insecticides in gutters is undertaken by the municipality to control the menace of mosquito (Source 1981 Census) growth. The underground drainage scheme has been proposed for this town and the same is submitted Transport and Communication: to Government for sanction. Jawhar town has been linked with surrounding Power: towns and villages by means of roads only and there are no other means of communication. The The town has been enjoying the facility of main roads are Jawhar Dahanu road, Jawhar-Vada electric supply since 1946. Before that, 38 kerosene road, Jawhar-Mokhuds road and Jawhar-Trimbak-

35 Nashik road, which are classified as State Highways­ Telephone Exchange: Jawhar-Talasari road is a district road. In addition to these, bus routes from Jawhar to Palghar, Vasai, Telephone office is situated on the side of the Shirpur and many other places are also in exis­ main road. Telephone facility was made available to tance. The unit of Maharashtra State Road Transport this town in the year 1962. At the time of the Survey Corporation was established· at Jawhar in the year there were 48 telephone connections. No public call 1974 and it is the major mode of travelling on these booth is functioning in the town. There are 7 persons roads. S.T. Bus service is the main transport amenity working in this office. Telex or teleprinter facility is which carries passengers and goods to major town not available to the town. The jurisdiction of the like Bombay, Pune, Nashik, Shirdi, Murbad, etc., exchange is restricted only for Jawhar town. Trunk About 81 S.T. buses are running dally from and to call system has been started recently. Jawhar town. An average of 600 to 700 persons are travelling daily. The S.T. buses have a heavy Fire Service: traffic on Monday, Tuesday and Friday. Friday is a weekly market day. On Friday heavy rush is found There is no fire station in Jawhar town. No in the buses between 11 A.M. to 1 P.M. and 3. major fire has been reported in the recent past. P.M. to 6. P.M. The nearest fire station is at Bhiwandi.

Taxies and Autorickshaws are not seen any­ Panchayat Samiti Office: where in Jawhar town. Cycles are available on hire basis in cycle shops. The charges vary from 50 Panchayat Samiti Office is s~uated in Yasha­ paise to 75 paise per hour depending on the condition want nagar area. This office was established in the of the cycle. year 1962.

To develop the transportation and communica­ The community development and national tion system in the town and to divert vehicular traffic extension service block is functioning at Jawhar. from the main road, the Building and Communica­ The concept of community development envisaged tions Department had finalised to build wide roads execution of schemes with people's participation in in the town. all sectors of economic activity and to achieve better living conditions in respect of food, clothing, edu­ Post and Telegraphs cation, health services, roads and recreation. The objectives of the venture in brief are: Jawhar town has a sub-post office established some 100 years ago. The pos~ office is situated 1. To increase agricultural production. beside the main road of the town in nehru chowk ward. It is very near to Jawhar court. At the time 2. To improve existing village crafts and industries of survey, there were 14 persons working including and organise new ones. the post ma~ter. All the postal transactions, such as acceptance of savings deposits, registration of 3. To provide minimum essential health services and articles, money order and issue of postal stationery improve standards of health. etc. are attended here. The sale of postal stationery during the last year was Rs. 1,33,665.80. It provides 4. To provide educational facilities for all children­ all the postal facilities as well as telegraphic faiclity and concentrate on adult educational programme. to the people of the town. Monthly, an average 289 telegrams are handled by this department. 5. To provide recreational facilities.

36 6. To improve housing facilities m1d belonging to scheduled caste and scheduled tribe for expenditure on books, tulion fees, boarding and 7. To execute schemes for the welfare of women lodging expenses. Seats are reserved for them in and youth. colleges. Fee concessions are also given to stu­ dents of other backward communities. who belong Educational Institution and facilities: to low income group familities. Now-a-days persons of all communities and from all the areas of the Prior to independence of India, as stated earlier, town are very much conscious about education. Jawhar was a princely state. After independence, and also the state re-organisation, it formed a part As stated above, free education upto primary of Maharashtra state. During both the periods the stage is one of the reasons for increase in the literacy level continued to increase. The importance percentage of literaes in Jawhar town. As per 1971 for education was given under the Raja rule also. Census. there was a total of 6110 population in the town comprising 3224 males and 2886 females. Of It is stated that, the rulers who were generally the males. 2114 (65.57%) were literates and that of patrons of art and literature had been encouraging the females 1234 (42.76%) were literates. As .per literacy by opening the schools even' in remote 1981 Census, of the 7055 population consisting of areas. 3674 males and 3381 females, 2585 males and 1888 females were literates. The male and female literacy Facilitity for free education to all upto primary is 70.36 per cent and 55.84 per cent respectively. stage has been granted by the government. In addition It is clear from above that, where decadal literacy to this, government has launched several schemes variation is 4.79 for males. it is 13.08 for females. for the advancement of education among the The appreciable progress in literacy among the females scheduled castes, scheduled tribes and other backward is due to free education. communities. But, years ago, these weaker sections were not interested to send their children. espeCially The various educational institutions alongwith girls to schools. However, this traditional attitude of the number of teacher and student ratio during the these communities toward education has changed. year 1986-87.are given below (111-4) Now lumpsum grants have been given to students

37 Statement 111-4

Educational Institution. alongwith number of teachers and Students during the year 1986-87

Type of Institution No. of No. of No. of Teacher & Institutions Students Teachers Students ratio

2 3 4 5

1. Montessori 4 167 4 1:42

2. Primary School 4 1187 29 1:41 (Municipal council)

3. K-V. High School 862 25 1:34

4. Arts and Commerce 314 14 1:22 College (Junior & Senior)

5. Deaf and Dumb School 35 4 1:9

6. D.Ed. College 71 6 1:12

7. Industrial Training Institute 124 15 1:8

Total 13 2760 97 1:28

In the year 1986-87, 2760 students attended with a Playground. The school timing is from 7.30 various educational institutions in the town. a.m. to 11.30 a.m. Uniform is compUlsory. Khaki shorts al'lCl white shirts are for boys and blue skirts Montessori Schools and white blouses for girls. The teaching staff consits of 16 members of which 11 are females and 5 are As seen In the statement, there are 4 mon­ males. tessori schools is Jawhar town. Two are run by the municipality and two are run by private agencies. Radha Vidyalaya: The total strength of pupils in all the four schools is 167 including boys and girls. The school timing Radha Vidyalaya is another one located in ward is from 7.30 a.m to 11.30 a.m. There are 4 female No. 10. It was established in the year 1966. It has teachers. its own pucca building and big playground in front of the school. This is entirely for girls. Classes are Krishna Vidyalaya: from 1st to 4th standard. During the 1986-87, there were 414 students. Marathi is the medium of There are 4 primary schools under the control instruction. Uniform is compulsory. The school timing of the municipality. The 1st one is Krishna Vidyalaya is from 7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. The teaching staff located in ward No 8. It was established in the year consists of 7 females and 3 males. 1879 and caters the educational needs of pupils from 1st to 7th standards. During the year 1986- Another one is Gorwadi Primary school. It was 87, the total number of pupils attended was 565, established in the year 1979. Classes are from 1 which includes 499 boys and 66 girls. Marathi is to 3 standard and the school is for boys and girls. the medium of instruction. It has a pucca building it has its own building with a playground Marathi

38 is the medium of instruction. The school time is college is functiong in K.V. High School building from 7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. During the year 1986- and utilise the play ground of the school. The college 87. 122 students were enrolled in the school consisting runs between 12.30 p.m. to 5 p.m. It was started of 78 boys and 44 girls. There are only 2 male in the eyar 1982 for boys and girls. N.S.S .. training teachers in this school. is provided to voluntary students. It has a separate library. Hostel facility is provided to boys only with There is one Urdu primary school for muslim priority to SC/ST students. This is affiliated to the pupils only. At the time of survey the strength was Bombay University. The college students are coming 86 pupils consisting of 24 boys and 62 girls. The to the college by buses or by foot. The connection school timing is from 7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. The pass for S. T. bus is provided to students. During school has its own bUilding. The location of this the year 1986-87. in both Junior and Senior college. school is in ward No.6. a mulsim dominated area. there were 314 students consisting of 236 boys and There is only one male teacher. In all these 4 78 girls. There are 14 lecturers 12 males and 2 primary schools. the sanctioned teaching staff strength females. Medium of instruction is Marathi. Guidance is 31. but presently only 29 are there. Two posts is given to students in the college, who are inter­ are still vacant one each in Gorwadi .and Urdu ested to appear for Maharashtra Public service school. Commission and Master of Social Welfare examina­ tions. Adult education programme is arranged by K.V. High School the College from time to time. For extra curricular activities. the college has a separate section con­ The town is having only one High School which trolled by a physical training instructor. Students are is run by a private institution. The high school is participating in table tennis. Kabadi. Kho-Kho. Cricket. spread over a very large area of 17.2 hectares. It Foot-ball Volley Ball. Basket-Ball etc. was established in the year 1958 and is situated in Panchayat samiti ward. The building was donated Deaf and Dumb School by the ex-Raja of Jawhar. It has a ground· floor and 1st floor. The classes are from 5th to 10th standard There is one deaf and dumb school. estab­ and both boys and girls are studying in this schoo~. lished in the year 1985 to educate the handicapped Medium of instruction is marathi. For recreational children. It is situated in Gorwadi area on Mokhada purpose. a big playground is in front of the school. road. The land is donated by Shri Shivram Pant The school timing is from 7.30 a.m. to 12.30 p.m. Tenduikar. who was a land lord and a freedom The municipality has supplied a separate water tank fighter in jawhar town. It is run by Pragati Prathis­ for storing the water. Lights and fans are' provided tan Institute. Pune. Its building is a pucca one with in each class rooms. During the year 1986-87. 862 roof of asbestos. The classes are from montessori students consisting of 461 boys and 401 girls were to 7th standard. At the time of survey there were studying. The students are enrolled from. outside the 35 students consisting of 26 boys and 9 girls. Marathi town area also. There is no hostel facility in this is the medium of instruction. It has its own barding school. There are 25 teachers consisting of 18 males facility within the premises and all are staying there. and 7 females. Students are mainly from Jawhar and a few are from its adjoining tahsils. and mostly from Adivasi Arts and commerce college tribe. Uniforms and books are provided to the students by the above said institute. There are 4 There is one Arts and commerce college in teachers consisting of 1 male and 3 females. It is town. conducted by Gokhale Education Society. Pune. an un-aided school. neither getting any grant from The. college is neither having their own building nor municipality nor from the government. a play ground. For want of accommodation the

39' D. Ed. Collage is 45 minutes. The institute remain opened from 7.30 a.m. to 12 noon and 3 p.m. to 8 p.m. The invest­ For imparting training to the aspiring teachers, ment made by him is Rs.22,OOO/-. In the year 1986, there is one D.Ed training college in Jawhar. It is 58 students appeared for typing examination 38 a two years course and after passing the exami­ were passed. nation, Diploma in education is awarded. It was Medical facilities and Medical Institution: established in the year 1960 and is located near the S.T. stand. The building is taken on a rental Barring, the influeenza in 1927 which took basis of Rs. 600/- per month. In the year 1986-87, hundres of lives, for whcih the state of Jawhar and the total number of students were 71 and that of municipal council provided medical aid and in 1961 teachers were 6 including the principal. to control the cholera disease the municipal council provided medical facilities and general sanitation to Industrial Training Institute (ITI) the town dwellers. Before the introduction of modern system of medicine, people of Jawhar town de­ To give technical education, one Industrial pended on Ayurvedic treatment which was the most Training Institute is functioning in Jawhar near S.T. popular system of medicine in the town. After stand. It was established in the year 1984 and indenpendence efforts were made to provide medicines affiliated to the Directorate of Technical education, in all parts of the town. Besides the Government Maharashtra. It gives education in different trades hospital, 7 private dispensaries are located in dif like fitter, wireman, electrifician, welder, diesel ferent parts of the town of which one is an Ayurvedic mechanic, motor mechanic, draftsman and civil dispensary. engineering. Each trade has one instructor. The Patangsha Cottege Hospital, Jawhar: minimum qualification for admission is S.S.C., but for certain trades non S.S.C. qualification is also al­ This hospital started functioning in the year lowed. 75 per cent of the seats are reserved for 1968. Hospital building is an old one constructed scheduled tribe students. Hostel facility is also during the Raja rule. Now it is under the control available. The sanctioned student strength is 143 but of State Government and located in ward No.4. at the time of survey there were only 124 students There are 30 beds divided into male and female incluidng 3 girls for draftsman course. Classes are wards. Female ward includes maternity also. Family conducted in two shifts i.e. 8 a.m. to 3.30 p.m. and planning unit is attached to this hospital. The hospital 10.00 a.m. to 5.30 p. m. There are 15 instructors does not passess ambulance service of its own, but appointed to give training. Including instructors, a it has been provided by the municipality. The total of 19 staff members are working in this institute. administrative with the assistance of office superin­ tendent. In addition to that 14 administrative staff Jayashree Typing Institute: members are working under their control. There is a team of 5 doctors and 12 nurses. One doctor This technical institute is established in the is M.D., another is M.S. and the rest are M.B.B.S. year 1985 to g!ve technical training to young job 12 nurses includes 1 sister-in-charge and a mid-wife. seekers.This is the only typing institute in the town. The There is no residential quarters within the premises. owner of the institute, Shri Dilip Navaji Gangurde, belongs to Nhavi caste (Barbar). It is housed in a The outdoor and indoor patients are treated pucca rented building of 3 mtrs x 5 mtrs and its iilthe hospital. Treatment is free for public and nominal rent is Rs. 75/- per month.The institute conducts charges for government servants. On an average, typing classes in English and Marathi languages. daily 200 persons are treated as out door patients. There are 8 machines in the institute. The fees is The statement (111-5) shows the incidence of dis­ Rs. 20/_ per month. The duration of each batch eases

40 Statement 111·5 - The dispensary functions daily from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. The dispensary Is Incidence of diseases and number of patient staffed with 1 doctor, 1 compounder, 1 livestock treated. supervisor, 1 dresser and 2 attendents.

Sr. Category of diseases Number treated Rest House No. Indoor Outdoor There are 3 rest houses in the town. One is 1. Whooping cough 1 maintained by Public Works Department, and other 2. Tetanus 21 by Municipality and the 3rd by Maharashtra Tour­ ism Development Corporation (M.T.D.C.). Aest House 3. Tuberculosis 107 1052 maintained by Public Works Department is situated 4. Enteric fever 63 63 in ward No. 20 and is near to the S.T. stand. It was established in the year 1962 and is functioning 5. I ",fectious Hepatitis 2 in a pucca building with four suites. Each suites 6. Influenza 68 3109 provided with two cots, mattresses, pillow and mosquito nets, chairs, tables, fans, mirrors etc. All 7. Dysentery all forms 716 7895 suites have attached bath rooms. Suites in the Rest 8. Gastroenteritles 10 house are open to all. Concessional rates (As. 3/ 9. Syphilis 17 - per suite per day) are allowed to Government employees while they are on official duties and for 10. All other diseases 41034 private at the rate of As. 10/- per day. Continuous stay is limited to 10 days in the case of Govern­ Skin diseases ment employees and 3 days for private visitors. If 1. Scabies 7495 the stay of private persosn exceed three days, rent at double the rate is coilected. Cooking facilities are 2. Worms 25 also available. Alcholic drinks are not permitted. The 3. Pyodermas 286 Aest House is under administrative control of the Executive Engineer of the public works department, At the time of survey, it is found that, 6 Allopathic Thane and suites can be reserved in advance by and 1 Ayurvedic dispensaries were there In the sending an application to the said authority. town. The rest house maintained by municipality is Veterinary dispensary situated 1 km. away from the municipal office in ward no. 2. The rules and regulations and ameni­ There is one veterinary dispensary situated in ties are more or less like that of the P.W.D. rest ward No. 2 in Jawhar town. It is under the control house. Foreseeing the upward thrust of tourists in of Zilla Parishad. This was established in the year Jawhar, the M.T.D.C. established its own Aest House 1942. This dispensry is mainly engaged in the in the year 1978 and is situated in ward no. 20. treatment of animals like buffaloes, cows, bovines There are 8 suites in this rest house whose charge etc. Treatment is also provided for prevention of is Rs. 50 per day. contagious diseases of livestock. It also provides ar­ tificial insemination facility. The most COllman diseases There is only one petrol pump in the town. treated in the dispensary are those caused by worms, In addition to the above amenities, banking facilities mastits, enterities, deficiency diseases etc. are also available in this town.

41 Post and Telegraph Office

, \

42 Telephone Exchange

Tahsif Office

43 Panchayat Samiti Office

Patangshah Cottage Hospital

44 Veterinary Dispensary

P.W.D.Rest House

45 M.T.D.C.Holiday Resort

Jay sagar Dam

46 Gorwadi Primary School

Krishna Vidyalaya

47 K.V.High School & Jawhar College

D.Ed College

48 Municipal Councillors with President

Education committee of municipal counc,

49 CHAPTER-IV

ECONOMIC LIFE OF THE TOWN

Work may be defined as participation in economy of any urban unit. economically productive activity. The participation may be physical or mental i.e., supervisory and In general the proportion of economically active professional in nature. Work involves not only actual urban population of Maharashtra is low Le. 31.31 work but also effective supervisions and directions. per cent. The demographic situation in the state, the presence of large percentage of children in the age There has been some conceptual change for group 0-14 and a small percentage of population defining the workers at the 1981 Census. A trichotomy above 60 years of age, only partly accounts for the of main workers, marginal workers and non-workers low partiCipation in work. It is a fact that quite a has been adopted instead of the dichotomy of workers large number of boys and girls attend school beyond and non-workers in 1971 and 1961. However, while the age of 14 and enrolment in school is almost accepting this conceptional ctlange, the feasibility of cent per cent in the age-group 5-9. These are, of making the data comparable with the previous course, welcome trends but the disturbing factor is censuses was duly considered. Conceptually, the that quite a large number of persons in the working main workers plus the marginal workers of 1981 are age group are either unemployed or under em­ almost comparable with the 'workers' plus 'non­ ployed. The situation in urban area of Thane district workers' with secondary work of 1971 and 'workers' and Jawhar town is not an exception to the general of 1961. Further, for 1981 census on the recom­ situation in the state. mendation of Planning Commission and Central Statistical Organiation, only four industrial categories As stated ealier in the state 31.31 per cent of of main workers i.e. cultivators, agricultural labour­ the urban population was; found to be workers ers, workers engaed in household industries and according to 1981 Census as against 32.96 per cent other workers have been adopted against the nine in Thane district. The rate of work participation in industrial categories of workers in 1971 and 1961. Jawhar town is 30.42 per cent which is slightly lower than that of the district and the state. As per For main workers, major part of the preceding 1981 Census the town was classified in the cate­ year (at least. 6 months or 183 days) was adopted gory of 'other services' because of numerous office while those who worked for some time. during the establishments returned under this category, but preceding year but not for the major part, have industrially the town is far from satisfactory. A few been treated as marginal workers. All those who industrial estates and offices of the various depart­ had not worked at all during the last year, were ments 9f the Government provide employment to recorded as .non-workers. Persons engaged in the people. The factors governing the economic life household duties, students, dependents, retired of the town are as follows. persons, rentiers, beggars are some of the catego­ ries grouped as non-workers. There has been a noticeable improvement in the urbanised economic life of the people in the­ In the past agriculture and service worker played town between 1971 and 1981. The economy of the an important role in the economy of Jawhar town. town as derived from the work participation of the At present importance of small scale industries, other working force reveals that small scale industries and services and trade and commerce is increased along other services are the main stay of living of the with agriculture. This is rather a natural trend in the people of the town. Though Jawhar is a town, -out of total 2,146 Classification of population as workers and non­ main workers, 445 (20.74%) persons are engaged workers in agricultural activities. Nagli (ragi), Rice and Vari are the major crops. There are no notable industries As per 1981 Census, out of 7,005 total population functioning in the town, of course, there are small of the town 2146 (30.42%) are main workers, 7 scale industries such as 8 vari mills, 1 saw mill and (0.10%) are marginal workers and the remaining 2 printing presses in the town and 8 to 1° persons 4,902 (69.48%) are non workers. The sex wise are working there. A few persons of the town are classification of main workers by Industrial catego­ engaged in trading of agricultural products like Nagli ries for the 1971 and 1981 censuses are given (I~agi), Rice, Vari etc., below (IV-1)

Statement IV-l

Sex-wise classification of main workers by Industrial categories of the town

Industrial catetgory 1971 Census Workers 1981 Census workers p' M F P M F

2 3 4 5 6

1. Cultivators 233 168 65 242 149 93 (13,25) (11,28) (24.07) (11.28) (8.39) (25.20)

2. Agricultural labourer 228 135 93 203 129 74 (12.96) (9.07) (34.45) (9.46) (7.26) (20.06)

3. Household Industry 91 87 4 153 133 20 manufacturing, (5.17) (5.84) (1.48) (7.13) (7,48) (5,42) processing servic- ing and repairs V(a)

4. Other workers 1,207 1,099 108 1,548 1,366 182 (III, IV, V(b) (68.62) (73.81) (40.00) (72.13) (76.87) (49.32) and VI to IX)

Total main Workers 1,759 1.489 270 2,146 1,777 369 (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00)

(Figures in brackets indicate the percentage to the total worker)

The distribution of main workers for Jawhar workers and have registered some decrease from town among the four major industiral categories 13.25 per cent in 1971 to 11.28 per cent in 1981. shows that the largest, number of workers i.e, 1548 The third largest group is engaged as agricultural forming 72.13 per cent of the total main workers labourers i.e. 203 (9.46%) as against 228 (12.96) in are engaged as 'Other workers' as against 68.62 per 1971. The participation rate of male population is cent in 1971. Similarly the persons employed as high for 'other workers' in 1971 and 1981. Out of cultivators constitute the next higher percentage of 1548 other workers male workers constitute 88.24

51 per cent as against 11.76 per cent female workers. as non-workers. In the town, out of 1208 persons There is some what increase in the household industry 359 (29.72%) are workers and there are a few 5.17 per cent in 1971 to 7.13 per cent in 1981. workers drawn from these groups i.e. 2 (0.56%) child workers and 16 (4.46%) old age workers. Though According to the 1981 Census, there are 149 child labour is illegal, circumstances like poverty male cultivators and 93 female cultivators. The main might have forced them to work. They are mostly seasonal crops cultivated are vari and rice. The engaged as domestic servantS.The male workers number of agricultural labourers in the town are 203. above 60 years of age are 4 times more than that of female workers in that age-group. In addition to this, the information of the working force in the scheduled caste and scheduled tribe We may reasonably expect that population in in the town as per census data is also presented working age-group 15-59 are economically active. here. Out of 543 scheduled caste population of the But there are quite a large number of non-workers. town, 143 (26.34%) are workrs and remaining are There are 341 (49.21%) workers and 352 (50.79%) non-workers. Similarly, of the 1,874 scheduled tribe non workers in the working age-group of 15-59. persons in the town, 670 (35.75%) are workers and rest are non-workers. Among the scheduled caste As per survey data, out of 1208 persons, 849 workers, 102 (71.33%) are other workers whereas are non-workers comprising 317 males and 532 in the scheduled tribe, they are only 279 (41.64%). females. In 15-59 age-group 352 are non-wor~ers with 73 males and 279 females, and in the age­ Age-group of workers and non-workers group 60 and above, there are 42 non-workers comprising 16 males and 26 females. The survey The Survey data throws some light on the data also confirms the general pattern of male strength of workers in different age-groups and is domination in work participation. Out of 605 males shown in statement (IV.2) from 250 households, 288 (47.60%) are workers. Female partiCipation in eocnomic activity is found As per survey data 250 households with a to be low, about 11.77 per cent only. population of 1208 persons, consisting of 605 males and 603 females, of the town can broadly be divided The household schedules canvassed in the town into three age-groups viz., those within the ages of gives an idea of the strength of workers in each 0-14, 15-59 and 60 and above. The first group is of the households. Out of 250 households, 9 (3.60%) made up of infants and school going children, the households donote have any person who is eco­ second group is of working force and the third nomically active. The persons of these households group is of old persons i.e. retired and dependents. include dependents. In some cases, the earning In Jawhar town, 457 (37.83%) persons of the total members are stated to have been residing outside 1208 persons are children below 15 years of age the town. The distribution of households with ref­ and 58 (4.80%) elderly persons of above 60 years erence to employment depth (number of workers in of age. Both these groups are generally considered the households) is as follows (IV-3). C/) Q) 0 r::- ~ C\I 0 «i 0 ..... CO m v CO C') C\I ..... C\I ~ 0 E C\I C\i C\I C\i L() 0 Q) ~ ~ .... u_ ~ ....C/) - Q) ~.... 0 O C/) N c;;- 10 0 Q) - i:: ::::I (/) sa. Q) (0 0 0.. N 0 «i ~, CO m C') (\J .... ::::I ..... C\I CO ..... 0 0 E N ~ 0 ... Q) .£:i.. S 91 u_ - ~ CU C) CIl -eli ftS .... Q) Q) 0) 't:I ~ 0 ftS .... CIl 0) 0 m Q) L() .... 0 0 C') L() C , "": - 0 Q) ... ;: CO ..... L() ~ N .Q «i - C\I C\I 0 () :! m ..t ...... ,5 «i - Q) ::;; .... - a. 0 - - 1/1 ...... I- Q) c: cu .c cu ~ .... E ... (/) 0 Q) cu 0 c: (0 Ci) (0 m q ta ... 3: 0 L() m co L() ftS I CIl L() C\I ~ v 0 .2 ... c: .... 0 C') ..t C') 0 "C en 0 Q) m ~ c: a... ~ .!;;; - - CIl 't:I OJ c: ~ ftS () e! f!! cu ..c ~... .!;;; 0 III Q) .... 0 III 3: L() - .... C') 0 Q) m C\I -

a. v 0)2cb ::::I .... « 0) 6

53 Statement IV-3

Distribution of households by Employment Depth (i.e. number of workers in the households) (Survey-data)

No. of workers Number of households by size in the households No. of 1-3 4-6 7-10 11 and above households

2 3 4 5 6

Nil 8 7

164 56 89 19

2 53 15 28 9

3 17 8 7

4 3 2

5 4 3 6

Total 250 79 125 38 8

It is observed that the largest number of accounts only 3.20% of the total households. households 164 (65.60%) are having only one worker Workers by Religion: in their family and in such cases the burden of supporting the households is shared by 1-10 members. An analysis of the workers by religion and It is also seen that 125 (50.00%) households having caste may provide some reflection on the socio­ 4-6 members have at least one person as economi­ economic structure of the town. With this view cally active. The households having 4 or more workers following statement (IV-4) has been prepared.

Statement IV-4

Total population and total number of workers by religion and Caste/Tribe/Community in sample households (Survey data)

Religion/Caste/ Total Total Percentage of workers to total Tribe/Community Population Workers popultion in each caste

2 3 4

Hindu 951 298 31.33 a) Scheduled caste 84 21 25.00 Bhangi 4 2 50.00 Chambhar 63 14 22.22 Mahar 17 5 29.41

54 Statement IV-4 (Contd.) 2 3 4 b) Scheduled Tribe 299 109 36.45 Bhil 7 2 28.57 Gavit 1 100.00 Katkari 3 2 66.66 Kokna 6 2 33.33 Kokni 5 20.00 Mahadeo Koli 139 41 29.49 Pardhi 3 2 66.66 Varli 135 58 42.96

c) Other 568 168 29.58 Agri 5 1 20.00 Beldar 9 2 22.22 Bhandari 7 14.29 Bho; '4 25.00 Brahmin 49 19 38.78 Gujarati Vaishya 8 3 37.50 Karwari 8 3 37.50 Kasar Ezhava 3 33.33 Kumbhar 2 2 100.00 Lohar 6 16.67 Mali 13 4 30.77 Maratha 228 63 27.63 Sara swat 5 1 20.00 Nhavi 21 5 23.81 Parit 6 1 16.67 Prajapati 2 50.00 Sali 6 16.67 Shimpi 35 11 31.43 Ahuja (Khatri) 8 4 50.00 Sonar 37 11 29.73 Teli 66 21 31.82 Thakur 7 2 28.57 Wani 11 4 36.36 Wanjari 21 5 23.81

Muslim 207 46 22.22 Buddhist 40 11 27.50 Christian 5 20.00 Jain 1 100.00 . Zoroatrain 1 100.00 Sikh 3 33.33

Total 1.208 359 29.72

55 From the above statement, it may be seen that Scheduled tribe females of these 4 scheduled caste 29.58 per cent of the total Hindu population (other females and 38 scheduled tribe females are workers. than SC 1ST) is economically active. Out of 207 In other words, 8.70 per cent females of scheduled Muslim, 46 (22.22%) are workers. There are 40 persons caste and 25.50 per cent females of scheduled tribe of Buddhist religion. Among them 11 (27.50%) are participate in economic activities. Among the Hin­ workers. Among the 5 persons of Christian religion dus, good percentage of female workers Is found only 1 (20.00%) is a workers. There is only 1 person in scheduled tribe community. Out of the 103 Muslim of Jain religion, as a worker. Scheduled Caste females and 21 Buddhist females, only about 4.85 population is 84. Among them 21 (25.00%) are and 10.53 per cent are engaged in economic activities workers. Out of 299 scheduled tribe population 109 respectively. Among 2 Christians and 1 Sikh, none (36.45%) are workers. of the female is engaged in any economic activity.

Out of 359 workers in the selected households, Out of the 359 total workers 155 are born in 21 and 109 belong to scheduled caste and sched~ the town itself and rest are migrants. Out of 204 uled tribe communities respectively. All the workers migrants 94 have migrated from different places from scheduled caste community falls in the age­ within the district, 83 from districts of the state and group of 15-59 and only 2 workers from scheduled 27 from other states in India. tribe community falls in the age-group of 0-14. The distribution of the workers by their The female population in the sample house­ employment status is as follows: (IV~5) holds includes 46 Scheduled Caste females and 149

Statement IV~5

Employment status of workers (Survey data)

Employment status Percentage to workers

Males Females Males Females

2 3 4 5

Employer 14 2 4.86 2.82

Employee 198 50 68.75 70.42

Single workers 43 17 14.93 23.94

Family worker 33 2 11.46 2.82

Total 288 71 100.00 100.00

As per survey data there are 359 workers in 13 are cultivators and 26 are agricultural labourers the town. Out of the these, 288 are males and 71 but in the female workers, out of 71 only 5 are are females. As per this statement, proportion of cultivators and 22 are agricultural labourers. The cul~ employees is the highest followed by single workers tivators and agricultural labourers have already been category. included according to their status in the above statement. Further it is stated that, out of 288 male workers

56 Non- workers females than males. As much as 88.97 per cent of the female population was returned as non-workers, According to 1981 Census, 69.48 per cent of whereas it is only 51.55 per cent among males. Age the total population are non-workers as against 71.21 groupwise figures as per the survey are presented per cent in 1971. Non-workers are more among in the following statement (IV-6).

Statement IV-6

Distribution of Non-workers by age-groups and sex (survey data)

Age-group Non-workers Percentage to total non-workers

Male Female Total Male Female Total

2 3 4 5 6 7

Below 10 144 146. 290 45.42 27.44 34.16 10-14 84 81 165 26.50 15.23 19.43

15-19 41 63 104 12.93 11.84 12.25

20-24 16 38 54 5.05 7.14 6.36

25-29 7 48 55 2.21 9.02 6.48

30-34 34 35 0.31 6.39 4.12

35-39 26 26 4.89 3.06

40-49 5 47 52 1.58 8.84 6.13

50-59 3 23 26 0.95 4.32 3.06

60+ 16 26 42 5.05 4.89 4.95

Age not stated

Total 317 532 849 100.00 100.00 100.00

Of the total non-workers 41.46 per cent are in age-groups are of infants and students. It may also the age-group of 15-59. The age-groupwise non­ be seen that proportion of female non-workers is working males and females show that proportion of higher than that of males in all age groups except non-working females in the age-group of 15-59 is the age group 10-14 due to their households duties. 52.44 per cent as against only 23.03 per cent for males. Concentration of non-workers is predominently Distribution of non-workers in the town by sex in the age-group of below 10, 10-14 and 15-19 for and type of activity is given in the following state­ both males and female~.This is obvious, as these ment: (IV-7)

57 Statement IV-7

Distribution of non-workers in the town by sex and type of activity (Survey data)

Type of Activity Non- Percentage Male Percentage Female Percentage workers to total non- non- to total non- to total workers workers male non- workers female workers non-workers

2 3 4 5 6 7

Students 369 43.46 195 61.51 174 32.71

Household duty 249 29.33 2 0.63 247 46.43

Dependents 201 23.67 104 32.81 97 18.23

Infants 23 2.71 10 3.15 13 2.44

Retired 5 0.59 5 1.58

Rentiers 2 0.24 0.32 0.19

Total 849 100.00 317 100.00 532 100.00 non-workers

Bulk of the non-workers come under the Seeking employment categories of dependents, students and households duties. Among the total non-workers 43.46 per cent Out of 849 non-workers of the sample house­ are students. Among the male non-workers, students holds, it is observed that 26 persons comprising of form the largest group with 195 (61.51 %) persons 20 males and 6 females are seeking employment. and next to it comes dependents with104 (32.81%) The literacy ratio of these job seeking persons is persons which also includes very old persons. The quite high. In other words, 92.31 per cent of them proportion of female non-workers engaged in are literates. The persons with qualification of ma­ household duties is the highest followed by students triculate are more in number. 6 female and 18 male and dependents. This shows that large number of literates are seeking employment. females irrespective of age like to look after their household activities. Only 0.59 and 0.24 per cent The statement (IV-8) below indicates the sexwise of total non-workers are returned as retired and unemployed persons above 14 years of age by rentiers respectively. educational level.

58 Statement IV-8

Job seekers above 14 years of age in the town by educational level (Survey data)

Educational level Unemployed persons Percentage to total

T M F M F

2 3 4 5 6

Illiterate 2 2 10.00

Literate (without educational level)

Below Primary 2 5.00 16.66

Primary 6 5 25.00 16.67

Matric 12 9 3 45.00 50.00 , Diploma and degree certificate and above 4 3 15.00 16.67

Total 26 20 6 100.00 100.00

It may be seen that 16 persons are educated workers, the means of transport and the time upto matric and above, 6 are primary, 2 are below taken to reach the place of work from the resi­ primary and 2 are literates. dence. (Statement IV.9 Pg. No. 42)

Out of 849 non-workers of the surveyed The statement revealed that out of 359 total households, 26 persons consisting of 20 males and workers, 302 (84.12%) covered the distance of their 6 females are seeking employment. Among them, respective places of work on foot. Of these, 292 16 persons are in the age group of 15-24, a persons persons took 30 ninutes or less, 9 took 31 minutes are in the age-group 25-34 and 1 person is in the to one hour and the remaining 1 person took more age-group of 35 + . Religionwise distribution shows than one and half hour. 2 workers used Jeep to that 24 persons are Hindus and 2 are muslims 15 reach their respective places of work and they took persons have registered their names with the em­ 30 minutes or less. 50 workers used State Trans­ ployment exchange for job. Of the 26 job seekers. port Corporation bus to reach their respective 3 males and 3 females are married and the rest places of work. Of these, 28 persons took 30 of the persons are unmarried. minutes or less. 8 took 31 minutes to one hour, 1 persons took more than one and half hour. 4 Place of work, mode of transport and time taken persons are going by motor cycle, of these 3 persons to reach took 30 minutes or less and 1 person took 31 minutes to one hour. They are engaged in high At the time at survey, earning members were professional salaried posts. One person is going by asked to state the means of transport used by them lorry and takes 30 minutes or less to reach his and time tkaen to reach their respective places at respective place of work. Out of the persons covering work from their residences. The main aim of this the distance on foot or by bus, majority of them enquiry was to ascertain whether the residential areas are unskilled or skilled workers, classification of lowest are located away from the work place. Statement professionals or small business workers, by occu- (IV-9) below gives the occupation of the pational categories is given below: (IV-l0)

59 ... ~ - g c gt .a °e ~ 0 ..! III.. .! (II e c: '- e 0 tIS ... ~ 10 0 :::!: :5 .s:: "e .f Ctc ...... N ~ .s:: 'III° E 0 ... ..c: III a. II) ...• c 0 l! c l- I: ..: c;; °E ~ .s:: CO) ~.a 1; c ., .. g 0 III :g .... is °e ~ ..! N ~ l3l .... ", ~ "ii °c III :J E ~ I: "ii .;, °e gt CD III :J .! III it j Iil :::!: c " I: o~ a. e cD °iii ~ 0 ~ n. c ::! .. c: lIS .!. -.:- ID 8. c: 0 ~ ti " '" :J iii ~..... :¥ "ii ~ .s::• :i:- .. ::J :,t. ~ :; ~ I: 'ii .s:: I: '0 III " ; 01 Gi a. c: :¥ or;;0 ~ E I: 01 ::::l W .9 ~ .!! w r "lIS E () j ~ 8 I- 0 .,...: <>i M -.i .,; cO

60 ~

0) ~

co ~

!:::

~

It) ~

'

M ..\ M ~

N ~

co

0 M ~ re

N

It)

'

I") 0)

N It) CD (II ~ ~ ~ ~ £ c: II

61 Statement IV-10

Classification of workers by occupational category (Survey data)

Occupational category No. of workers Percentage

2 3

1. Unskilled manual 91 25.35 2. Skilled manual 33 9.19 3. Lowest professional and administrative 58 16.16 (e.g., Primary teachers) 4. Small Business 43 11.98 5. Highly skilled and supervisory manual 11 3.06 6. Clerk /Shop asstts. 44 12.26 7. Intermediate professional and related 31 8.63 posts (Secondary teachers etc.) 8. Medium Business 6 1.67 9. Higher professional and salaried posts 22 6.13 10. Owners of factories 2 0.56 11. Cultivators 18 5.01

Total 359 100.00

The above statement reveals that the highest working in Public Works Department. percentage of workers to the tune of 25.35 per cent is in unskilled manual. It is followed by lowest Occupational diversity professional and administrative manual with 16.16 per cent and clerk/shop asstt. workers with 12.26 Out of the total 250 households in which this per cent. special town study was conducted 35 households reported to have different occupations for some of Professional and private practitioners: the members of their households. There were in all 35 households which had 2 workers each with different Jawhar is a tahsil place. There is a Judicial occupations. Occupational diversity found in theJawhar court inJawhar town. Persons from adjoining villages town in the surveyed households are given below are coming daily to Jawhar by rickshaws, State (IV-11). Transport buses, wivate cars etc., for various pur­ poses. For tenancy, Judiciary they need advocates. Trade and commerce There are 4 registered advocates inJawhar town. There are 6 registred medical practitioners in the . Details regarding type of establishments in town. Out of six, 2 doctors are allopathic and 4 Jawhar town are given in the following statement are ayurvedic. 3 engineers and 4 draftsmen are (IV-12).

62 ~ 'O~ C E Z Q) ::2 l().....

~ 'O~ C E Z Q) ::2 (J) C'OI oS Z I c o ~ .~ 'O~ :::J C E U Z Q) Uo ::2 Q) ~ Q) .~ "0 -g o <0 ~ Q) ~ .c en E ... Q) ,.. III .,... ,~ E 'C ~ '0 ~ ~ .... Q) fti'C Q) '0 'E >- .c .c III g C E E Z Q) E ~ ~ :::l III Q. :::J C ::2 ~ en .!: (J) .1: C'OI ~ u ~ Z I o (/) (/) 'Cc: "0o CO .!: 'OE Q) <.0 ~ (/) C E :::l Z Q) .8 o ::2 .!: E (J) III '0 C'OI E .... Z I '0 .cQ) ... E ~ III :::l .t:J 'O~ C\I C\I C\I C\I E Z C E :::J Z Q) c: ",;"-g E >­ >­ .t:J ~ :::l ..... ,...... ="0 en <0 Q) C'O~ 'C U.!: Z I o U .... '0 .... Q) J:: ..J(J) ._ :::l.... c c .!: .;:: III .... 0 ==.... ::J0 o U en Ol.c Ol.c Q) ~ 01 :::J a... Q) gJ « o «~ «~ (/) f- .c o -c: o 5 'OCii .t:J c c ...... 'i: o 0 c: .... o o <0 Q) ~ 's +:: >­ ..::.:: C .c ~,~ E .:s: ~ ~ .;:: ::I .... (i) .... :! Q) ~ :::l "5- (i) U Q) o I U () Q g ~ a.. <3

63 (0 N N

10 .,... .,... .,...

.,.....,.

('I)

N N

.,...

0 N N

OJ .,...

CO

N,

E ...... II) Cll ._ Cll Q) Q) ... Q) :::J ~ ~ Cll ,5 E Cll ]j Q) .:: .:: .:: .:: ~ ... 0 0 ~ N '0 (.) 0 =E (.) Cll c::: 0 ._ --0 t'O Cl .8 ~ ci. ... 00{ :2 (3 :e :::J ClI 0 E m m Cll m 8 0 C/) 5 (/) 0 l- I- l- S I- :E ~ ~ ~ - >- Q) :::J ._ 0 0 ~ 0 ~ 'E Q) m m ~ E :::J Q. Cll Cll ._' ... Q) c::: ]j Q) 0 0 ~._ Cl '0 as (.) E '~ 0 'E ... ,2: ~ 10 (.) 0 '6 0 ~ :g t'O «S ... 0 .;;: C/)- « u Q.. ~ .~ ::. ::r Cl

64 to.,... C\I C\I C\I C\I

L()

C\I

.,... ,

o

co C\I

C\I C\I

.,... c ...... CO 0 0 0 ;:) ...... QI c '0 t:i '0 QI '0 ..:.:: QI ~ =E 0 E 0 Q) ;:) ... C\I QI .r:. .~ Q) I!! ... I!! QI .~ 01 .0 0 ... 0 .~ "0 ... 0 « j Q a.. E LL E a c 0 Q --0 co 0 0 0 .... - () ,.) () c ~ 0 () -,... "0 ;?: c ... Q...... 0 ;:) 0 ttl c C (J) ... 0 ..c ... ;:) - 0 II) c: 0 co Q) ... .0 0 -ttl 01 ... QI ...... ttl ttl ... 0 ..c ~ ~ E Q) ... ..c ..!i! Q) t:i (/) (/) Q) c .~ Q) 0 c: 0 .~ ...... c .... ~ c ...... QI .Q QI C .... 0 .~ co .8 Q) ... ~ Q) :; Q) 01 I!! 0 :; 0 (ij 0 (J) ~ a.. () Q I- « 52 ~ l- E (.) LL ;§ (J) (.)

65 ,...N

o

co

I ...... o .!...... o r::: ::!a tit) g-o ...:. ~ ~"§ ~ .0 ~ ~ ";:: 5 r::: 7ii 0 o C r::: "_~ 0..0 ~ .... 0 j u. 0 e «j I- o I-

,.. ~ c ... Cl) ....o E 0· Cl) § ~ .:x... .:x Cl) '0 Cl) c a. Cl) ... 111 CIl ~ ,... Q.. w (3 IX) c:

66 Statement IV-12

Classification of establishments in the town (Survey data)

Utensil shops 3 Type of establishments Number Snuff shops 5 2 Leather Boot and Chap pal shops 3 Electric goods shops 3 Restaurants 12 Petrol pump 1 Grocery shops (Retail) 15 Ration shops 5 Grocery shops (Whole Sale) 4 Sweetmeat shop Textile Construction company Stationery shop 5 Saw mill Machinery shops 2 Vit Bhatti (Brick-kiln) Readymade shops (Textile) 6 Household goods shops 2 Bakeries 2 Earthen pots shops 2 Laundries 5 Glass and Crockery shops 2 Vegetable shops 15 Plastic & Rubber shops 4 Fruit shops 4 Consumer goods shops 5 Cold drink shops 5 Cycle repair shops 4 Pan/BidijCigar shops 10 Welding shop Hair dress saloons 6 Flour mills 10 Tea Stalls 13 Radio, Television shops 3 Total 193 Firewood shops 2 Medical shop Most of the shops are scattered. Some shops Automobile garage are especially very small and do not have any name Photo Studio 1 boards and they are known after the names of the Eggs and Mutton shops 8 proprietors. Tailoring and Embroidery shops 7 Watch repair shops 5 Though the details have been furnished in the Hardware shops 3 above statement an attempt has been made to give Jewellery shops 3 the descriptive information of some of the shops Furniture shop and establishments. (IV-13)

67 Statement IV-13 The details of shops and trading establishments in the town

Name of establishment Location Year of No. of Total Total annual establi- workers Invest- turnover shment ment (in Rs.) (in Rs.)

2 3 4 5 6

1. Haribhau & Company Main Road 1947 4 1.5 lakhs 5 lakhs

2. Haji Karim Memon's Yashwant 1940 4 2 lakhs 7.5 lakhs shop Nagar

3. Mohmad Hanif shop Yashwant 1960 65,000 3 lakhs Nagar

4. Pankaj Radio, Watch, Main Road 1970 20,000 40,000 sales and service

5. Gholap Cloth shop Gandhi 1967 2 50,000 2.5 lakhs Chowk

6. Ambika Medical Store Main Road 1980 35,000 2.5 lakhs

7. Oarbar Hotel Main Road 1944 9 50,000 1.5 lakhs

8. Maharashtra Saw Yashwant 1962 8 2 lakhs 3 Lakhs Mill Nagar

9. Y.C. Shah & Company GOlWadi 1960 1 lakh 12 lakhs (Petrol Pump)

10. Pratima Printing Mukane 1979 6 60,000 98,000 Press Colony

11. Sapana Ice Candy Near Old 1984 3 35,000 45,000 Factory Police line

12. Jawhar Bakery Beside Main 1962 5,000 15,000 Road

68 Haribhau & Company made up of bricks and cement for walls and roofed with Mangalore tiles and occupies 10 mtrs x 9 mtrs It is a wholesale and retail grocery shop which area. There are 3 tube lights, 3 bulbs, 5 cupboards was established in1947 with an investment of Rs 1.5 of glass, 1 table fan, 2 ceiling fans and a separate lakhs, and located in ward No. 18 on the side of cash counter. Telephone facility is available in the the main road. It is functioning in a rented pucca shop. One servant is paid Rs. 300/- per month. building. The building is constructed with bricks and Approximate sale per day comes to Rs. 800 - 1000. cement with Shahabadi tiles for floor and roofed by Mangalore tiles. There are 5 tubelights, 2 fans, 7 Pankaj Radio, Watch sales and services showcases, 2 steel cupboards and a separate cash The name of the owner is Shri Purshottam V. counter in the shop. There are 4 employees and Bengal. He is 50 years old, educated upto 5.S.C. they are paid Rs.350/- per month. Various com­ and migrated from Trimbak town of Nashik District. modities such as Rice, Wheat, Jowar, Gur, Vari,Cereals The shop was established in 1970 with an invest­ and pulses are available in the shop. Cereals and ment of Rs. 20,000. There are 2 tube lights, 1 fan pulses are purchased from Bombay and Ahmadabad, and 1 show-case in the shop. It is situated in a Potatoes and Onions from Nashik, Rice from rented pucca building. The rent is Rs. 125/- per Ghoti-Igatpuri. This shop has 5 RBrtners. The month. The accommodation measuring 3 mtrs x 5 customers are ~ostly from nearby villages such as mtrs has been constructed with bricks and cement, Sakhare, Kelichapada, Nandgaon, Jamsar, and floor is made up of Shahabadi tiles and for Kaprichapada, Garadwadi, Wadoli, Iyana arid Khedasa. ceiling wooden slab is used.it carries out not only Telephone facility is available in the shop. sales but also repairs in different brands of radioes Haji Karim Memon's Shop and watches. After sales, service is also undertaken for a minimum period of 6 to 12 months. This textile shop was established in 1940 and is located in ward No. 2 Yashawant Nagar. The area Gholap Cloth Shop of the shop is 20 mtrs. x 16 mtrs. and floor is made The owner Of the shop is Shri Suresh Bhal­ up of Shahabadi stone, wall Is made up of cement chandra Gholap. The shop was established in 1967. and bricks, roofed by tin with wooden ceiling. Owner It is located in Gandhi Chowk, main road. The of the shop is migrated from Rajkot (Gujarat State) accommodation measuring 3 mtrs. x 5 mtrs has 50 years back. 5 brother's are partner of the shop. walls built in bricks and cement, a floor is made There are 9 tube lights, 2 bulbs, 11 show-cases up of Shahabadi tiles and the roof is made up of and 3 fans in the shop. There are four paid employees. Mangalore tiles. All types of cloth is available here. Among them 3 are salesmen and 1 is a servant. There is a separate cash counter. Total investment Approximate sale per day is about Rs. 2,500/- An was Rs. 50,000/- Approximate sales per day is Rs. investment of Rs. 2 lakhs was made. 900/- Ambika Medical Store The main commodities sold here are terrylene, terrycot cloth, shirting and suiting, longeloth, bani­ The name of the owner is Rajnikant Joshi, ans, 5 metres and 6 metres sarees and blouse aged 35 years is a Gujarati Brahmin, migrated from pieces. Customers mostly are from villages such as Mohmadpur tahsil of Banaskatha district (Gujarat Kharkamba, Dabakwadi, Jamsar, Kaparipada and State). The shop was established on 19th April 1980. Borati. The accommodation measures 8 mtrs x 5 mtrs. The walls of the building are built with bricks and cement, Mohmad Hanif's Kirana shop floor is made up of Shahabadi stone and root IS Mohammad Hanif who is the owner, aged 52, made of Mangalore tiles with wooden ceiling. There has passed S.S.C. This retail kirana shop is located are 4 tube lights, 12 show-cases, 1 ceiling fan, 1 in Yashwant Nagar area. It is in a pucca building wall elock, 1 fridge and a special cash counter in

69 tne shop. It Is a single member establishment and wooden doors, windows and beams are manufac­ there is no worker other than the owner. Allopathic tured here. Twenty horse power machine is oper­ and Ayurvedlc medicines are available in this shop. ated in the mill and machines cost Rs. 27,000 Raw The shopkeeper brings Allopathic medicines from materials are purchased from Govemment forest depot. Bombay and Ayurvedic medicines from Nashik, Panvel The main problem of the mill owner is less demand and Ahmadnagar. The total investment made was for finished goods. As. 35,000 and daily sale is As. 900/-. Y.C. Shah &. Company (Petrol Pump) Darbar Hotel ' This petrol pump was established in the year Darbar hotel is one of the best vegetarian hotel 1960 in Gorwadi area. There are two partners, one in Jawhar town. It is located in ward no. 8, opposite Shri Aamchandra Gopal Bhoye and the other is Shri Gandhi Chowk (Main Aoad) and Is famous for its Jagganath Gapal Bhoye. An amount of As. 1 lakh rice plate. It is run by Pandurang Narayarfai, a was invested. It works day and night for selling Saraswat Brahmin, aged 60 years, migrated from the petrol, diesel and motor lubrucants. The capacity of village Katpadi of South Kanara District. The Hotel petrol and diesel tank is 10,000 litres each. Annual was established in 1944 wit~ a total investment of turnover is AS.12 lakhs. As. 50,000/- There are 9 tables 7 tube lights, 2 fridges, 16 benches, 2 show-cases, and a separate Pratima Printing Press cash counter in the hotel. This building is on a rental basis. Aent Is As. 200/- per month. 9 workers The press was established in the year 1979 including waiters and cook are working in the hotel and is located in Mukane colony. The name of the and they are paid a monthly salary of As. 150-350. owner is Shri Vasant Pandurang Mukane, aged 41 Sweet dishes like Peda, Burfi, Magaj, Mysore, ladu, years, and educated upto S.S.C. An investment of Jilebi, Shira, Shankarpale and Khari Bundi, Shevgathi, As. 60,000 was made. Monthly income is As. 4,000. Misal and Vada, are served here along with tea & Cement and bricks are used for wall, Shahabadi coffee. The rate of special tea is As. 1.25, for Coffee tiles for floor and roofed -by Mangalore tiles. The As. 1.50, Misal 1.75, Farsan Rs. 25/- per kg., Sweet accommodation measurs 7 mtrs x 5 mtrs.There are (Peda, Barfi) As. 30 per Kg. and Rs. 3.50 per rice two tube lights and two tables in the press. Electric plate. Lodging facility is also available. There are 4 bill comes to Rs. 150/- per month. Raw materials rooms with 3 cots per room The charge is Rs. 5/ and papers required for printing press is brought - per cot per day. from Bombay. There are 6 people working in this press. Three are servants, other three includes a Maharashtra Saw Mill compositor: a printer and a binder. Compositor and Printer are paid As. 700/- per month and remaining The Saw Mill is located on Yashwant Gymkhana 4 are paid As. 400/- per month. road and was established in 1962. The name of owner is Shri K.S.Nathani, aged 48 years and migrated Sapana Ice Candy Factory from kachch (Gujarat State). Mud is used for floor and cement and bricks for wall. An investment of The ice candy factory is located near old Rs. 2 lakhs was made and annual turnover is Rs. . policeline. It was established in the year 1984 with 3 lakhs. 6 Workers like Carpenters and helpers are an investment of As. 35.000/- The factory produces working In the mill. Carpenter is paid Rs. 25/- per ice candies for six months in a year from January day. Worker is paid As. 15/- per day and helper to June. The factory daily produces candies worth is paid Rs. 12/- per day. Electric bill comes to the approximately, Rs. 300/- The daily consumption of tune of As. 500 per month. Building materials like raw material is 6 litrers of milk, 8 kgs. of sugar,

70 essence (Rs. 14) and colour (Rs":' 3). The electricity hotel and restaurants. bill comes to As. 300/- per month. Goods are sent to neighbouring villages such as old Jawhar and Market Navapada for sale. The factory is run by four partners. They are Iqbal Hussein, Usman Hussein, Sikhandar At present the main market area is located at Hussein and Shiraj Hussein. both the sides of the main road. The existing market area is also located on the same road side. Besides Jawhar Bakery this, no other site for market has been provided In the Development Plan. There are 3 types of market It is located in ward No. 18, beside the main areas in Jawhar town, viz. weekly market, vegetable road, and was established in the year 1962. The market and fish and mutton market. People from owner of the bakery is a Sindhi (Ahuja), Shri Santaram nearby villages also visit the markets and purchse Ahuja,. Raw materials are brought from Nashik. The their day today requirements. investment made was Rs. 5000/- One servant is employed for miscellaneous work and paid As 350/ Weekly Market - per month. Biscuits, bread etc. are prepared here. Monthly profit is As. 1500/- Bakery 'products are The weekly market is held on every friday, on prepared by using firewood. Finished goods are both sides of the main road only. Persons from sold in surrounding villages also. The area of the nearby villages come here to purchase and sell premises is 7 mtrs. x 3 mtrs. which is in a pucca different types of vegetables, cereals and pulses like building. Nachani (ragi), Vari and different tuypes of fruits, poultry and other eatable articles. Industry Vegetable Market Industrially Jawhar is not a well advanced town in the district. There are no large scale industries There is no organised vegetable market as run in the town. However, medium size industries such in the town provided by the Municipal Council. such as saw mill, vari mills and small size industries The vegetables are sold in shops situated in differ­ such as Ice candy factories and printing presses are ent parts of the town. Green vegetables, tomatoes, in the town. potatoes, chillies, onions etc. are available in the market. Live stock Fish and Mutton Market The town has not shown much improvement in animal wealth. According to the survey data the There is one fish & Mutton market with an area total livestock in the town is as follows: of 150 Sq. meters. Dry fish is also sold in the market Fresh Mutton is available in the market. Bullock and cows 443 Buffaloes 132 Fairs Goat 227 Hens 1879 The town enjoys two 'Utsava' in a year. The one in Urs. This is held on every "Bhadrapad Vadya There is grazing land around the town and in Saptami" which is the birthday of late Shri Sadan­ nearby villages. There is no problem of disposal of and Maharaj. The speciality of this "Urs" is that milk. There is a great demand for milk for local both "Hindus" & "Muslims" take part in the prayer consumption. The cattle owners supply the milk to of Shri Sadanand Maharaj Dargah. This Oargah is

71 situated opposite to the old palace. The other festival the cultivators cannot invest sums timely to meet is "Dasara". On this day people from surrounding the expenses of cultivation. Agricultural finance in villages also come for enjoyment. The festival is this considered as the backbone and a vital func­ held for the day. Many stalls are opened on this tionary for achieving good results in the field. occasion which sell clothing, household utensils, stationery articles, musical instrument etc. In this connection, Jawhar town is provided with two nationalised banks Le., State Bank of India Financial Institutions and Bank of Maharashtra and a Co-operative Bank i.e. Jawhar Urban Co-operative Bank Ltd. and a Non-availability of adequate agricultural credit Land Mortgage Bank. The general particulars of these is one of the bottlenecks which impudes the banks are as follows. (IV-14). enthusiasm of the progressive cultivators. Majority of

Statement IV-14

General particulars of the banks in Jawhar town

Name of the Bank Head Year of Area of Remarks Office establish­ Operations ment of local branch

2 3 4 5

State Bank of India Bombay 1969 Jawhar & Mokhada Tahsil

Bank of Maharashtra Pune 1979 Jawhar &! Mokhada Tahsil The Jawhar Urban Co­ operative Bank Ltd. Jawhar 1945 Jawhar Tahsil

Land Mortgage Bank Thane 1981 Jawhar & Mokhada Tahsil

These banks accept deposits under vrious the calender year 1987 for State Bank of India and denominations such as fixed, savings, current, pigmy, Bank of Maharashtra are given below. (IV-15) thrift. cumulative etc. The particulaars of deposits for

72 Statement IV-15

Type of deposits and the amount deposited during the year 1987

Particulars of State Bank of India Bank of Maharashtra deposit No of Total amunt No of Total accounts deposited accounts amount (Rs.) deposited (Rs.)

2 3 4 5

Fixed deposit 508 33,42,599.47 505 15,07,000

Savings Bank 3363 37, 73, 728.3~ 1953 24,26,000

Current deposit 96 13,42,241.13 67 1,57,000

Other deposits 360 7,07,165,99 5 2,87,000

4327 91,65,734.98 2530 43,77.000

These banks issue loans and advances for beside the main road at Gandhi Chowk. The primary various purposes to merchants and industrialists and aim of this bank is to help the agriculturists finan­ purchase bills, hundis etc. However, volume of such cially by mortgaging the land for improvement and transactions could not be made available by these efficient cultivation. During the financial year 1986- banks. 87 the bank has given loan tothe tune of Rs. 27,50,000 by mortgaging 2,135 hectares of land. Jawhar Urban Co-operative Bank Ltd. Money lender This bank was established in1945 and is housed in the Municipal office building. The bank has been There is no authorised money lender in this working as a financial agency catering to the credit town. requirements of all the primary co-operative Socie­ ties to supply the cultivators their farm requirements Land Revenue/Land tax and other particulars on loan at reasonable rates. The bank had a current deposit amounting to Rs.45 lakhs, and share capital A considerable portion of the land in Jawhar of Rs. 5.17 lakhs and fixed deposits for Rs.29.21 was owned by Brahmins followed by Muslims. They lakhs during the financial year 86-87. Loans and were actual lords of the whole soil, except some advances given is Rs. 37.18 lakhs. There were 1217 small parts appropriated to the support of religions share holders during the year 1986-87 and public utility. These communities used tolet out their land for any purpose, by which they can earn Land Mortgage Bank the benefit. This practice had been in existance for decades together. However, after the dawn of This bank is established in the year 1981 located independence Government took several steps in

73 respect of land possession. This is more so espe­ further classified according to the fertility of the soil. cially after the formation of Maharashtra State in With the introduction of basic tax on all lands, this 1960. system of assessment of land revenue has disap­ peared. Now land revenue is collected at the rate The state Government has enacted a most of Rs.2/- per acre irrespective of the quality of the progressive land acquision and municipal act 1965. land. According to this act, every occupant of the land is eligible to purchRse the ownership of rights by In addition to this the valuation of the property an amount payable to the landlord as purchase is to be ascertained by the municipal council, from price. On transfer of ownership right, the other party time to time by which the proportionate property tax has the liability of payment of land revenue to the is to be collected by this authority. In commercial state. and developed areas the property tax is substan­ tially high. There is no tax for livestock by munici­ The land revenue was based on a complicated pality. system of assessment for wet and dry lands and

74 Whole sale Grocery shop

Mohmad Hanif shoo

75 Pankaj radio and watch company

Gholap cloth shop

76 Flour Mill

Ambika Medical Store

77 I I

Darbar Hotel

Maharashtra Saw Mill

78 Pratima Printing Press

Ice Candy Factory

79 , " Jawhar Bakery

Dry Fish Market

80 Earthen Pot Shop

Ration Shop

81 Gajanan Power Laundry

82 ':"":::~~-fI- .: ...... ,..- •.. ,.;,;..~ , .. :...... ' .. ""X.,,;t

Utensils shop

Jawhar Urban Co-operative Bank

83 District Central Co-operative Bank

Adlivasi Vikas Mahamandal Society shop

84 CHAPTER V

ETHNIC AND SELECTED socia DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULATION

Nationalitywise, the town has no 'foreighers'. the Buddhists are 2.60 per cent of the total town The religious affiliation of the population as per 1981 population. Whereas in the district the percentages Census shows that Hindus form the maior compo­ of these religions are 8.38 and 3.66 percent respec­ nent of the population in the town (78.75%) as well tively. The .percentages of remaining religions are as in the district (83.03%). Similarly, Muslims form negligible. The following statement gives the details the second largest group with 17.56 per cent and regarding religionwise population (V-1).

Statement V-1

Distribution of town population by religion (1981 Census)

Name of Regligion Persons Percentage to total population of the town

Hindu 5,556 78.75 Muslim 1,239 17.56 Jain 28 0.40 Christian 20 0.28 Buddhist 183 2.60 Zoroastrian 29 0.41'

Total 7,005 100.00

From the above statement and the discussion sus in the town accounts for 7.70 per cent, whereas in the preceding para, it is understood that the Scheduled tribe population accounts for 26.56 per proportion of Hindu population is higher in the dis­ cent of the total population of the town. Scheduled trict than that of town but on the contrary propor­ tribe population is found in considerable number tion of Muslim population is higher in the town than throughout the district, but mostly concentrated in that of district. Similarly Buddhists are less in pro­ Dahanu, Jawhar, Shahapur, Talasari and Mokhada portion in the town as compared to the district. tahsils of Thane District. Distribution of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population in the town Scheduled Caste/Scheduled Tribe as per 1981 Census is given in the followng state­ Scheduled Caste population as per 1981 Cen- ment (V-2).

85 Statement V - 2

Distribution of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population by sex, 1981 Census

Caste/Tribe Population Percentage to total Population Male Female Total

2 3 4 5

Scheduled Caste 285 258 543 7.70

Scheduled Tribe 941 933 1674 26.56

The growth rate of the Scheduled Caste popu­ age of public appointments in Government Service lation during the decade 1971-81 Is 36.43 per cent, for the members of both these communities and whereas scheduled tribe is 9.27 per cent. The phe­ various concessions are given to them in the matter nomenal grath in scheduled caste/scheduled tribe of education. The result of these concessions have population is due to removal of area restrictions for already begun to show signs of imporvement among recognising certain castes and tribes in the state these people. and also due to the addition of a few communities to the list of scheduled caste/tribe. Formerly, these According to 1981 Census date, the percent­ scheduled caste and scheduled tribe persons were ages of main workers of scheduled caste and sched­ exclusively working as agricultural labourers, casual uled tribe are 6.66 per cent and 31.08 per cent to workers and coolies. Subsequently, Socia-economic the total main workers in Jawhar town respectively. conditions of both scheduled castes & scheduled tribes have considerably improved. Though they are A general idea of the relative strength of the getting educational facilities, they are still education­ major castes, among the Hindus on the basis of ally backward. In view of their backwardness the schedules canvassed, is given in the followng state­ Government has reserved a certain percent- ment (V-3).

86 Statement V - 3

Communitywise distribution of Hindu population (Survey data)

Community Persons Proportion of population in each community to surveyed population

2 3 1. Maratha 228 18.87

2. Teli 66 5.46

3. Brahmin 49 4.06

4. Sonar 37 3.06

5. Shimpi 35 2.90

6. Wanjari 21 1.74

7. Nhavi 21 1.74

8. Others (8eldar /Thakur j AhujajWanijMali etc.) 111 9.19 9. Chambhar (SC) 63 5.21 10. Mahar (SC) 17 1.40

11. Others (SC) 4 0.33

12. Mahadeo Koli (5T) 139 11.50

13. Varli (ST) 135 11.17

14. Others (ST) 25 2.06

Among Hindus (excluding SCjST). Maratha is Hindus in the town. This warrior caste was well the largest community and represents 18.87 per known for its bravery during the days of Rajas and cent in the surveyed population. The second com­ their kingdoms. Now-a-days they are engaged in munity in numerical strength is Teli with 5.46 per cultivation. This is one of the advanced communities cent and other communities are Brahmin (4.06%), among Hindus and they are well educated. Teli is Sonar (3.06%). Shimipi (2.90%), Wanjari (1.74%) and the second in numerical strength of the surveyed Nhavi (1.74%). The remaining communities are neg­ population and they are known as oil selling per­ ligible and they represents 9.19 per cent of the total sons. They are migrated from western Maharashtra. surveyed population. Likewise Chambhar community and Mahadeo Koli community among scheduled castes The Brahmins are the priesty class and have and scheduled tribes respectively lead in numerical conspicuous position in the social life. This is also strength. Chanbhar community is 5.21 per cent and an advanced community among Hindus. Their mar­ that of Mahadeo Koli is 11.50 per cent of the total riage, funeral and other social ceremonies are highly surveyed population. Varli community stands second ritualistic and exclusive to them. They are engaged among the scheduled tribe population. in Cultivation, Government, Semi-Government and other allied services. The Maratha form the predominant cast among

87 Next to Brahmins in numerical strength are the wearing a particular dress known as 'Pardah'. But Sonar, Shimpi, Wanjari and Nhavi communities. They this system is disappearing day by day. are migrated from other parts of the state. These communities are spread out all over the town. They Next to muslims in numerical strength are the are engaged in business or service, tailoring, agri Buddhists. Buddhists are the follower of 'Buddha' cultural labourers and barbaring respectively. In the and Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar. They are mostly Nhavi community, (Le. Barbar) a few of them are converts from Hinduism (Mahar Caste). Most of the engaged in their traditional occupation 'barbar', but families are residing in the same area which is most of them are now working as cleaners, shop called 'Suddhawada' ward. assistants,small shop keeper etc. With this, it is clear that Jawhar is a town Among non-Hindus, Muslim is an important where people of all religions live together in har­ community in the town. Majority of the Muslims in mony. the town belong to Sunni Sect of Islam, Muslims, followers of Islam, settled hundreds of years back in Mother Tongue several places of Maharashtra. In Jawhar a good number of muslims have migrated from Gujarat State. The town's population is multi-lingual in its Sadaruddin Baba Dargah and Jumma Masjid are the composition and consists of the languages Marathi, special landmarks of the Muslim religion in Jawhar. Urdu, Hindi, Gujarati, Varli etc. The predominant language in Jawhar is Marathi, which is also the They trade in all types of articles, i.e. station­ state language of Maharashtra. The mother tongue ery, grains and spices, textile goods, vegetable, meat of about 76 per cent of the total population is and fish, household utensils and every thing else of Marathi. The remaining population of the town speak local need. But now-a-days, muslims have turned In Urdu, Hindi, Gujarati, Varl; etc. Persons whose their attention towards other occupations also and mother tongue is not Marattii or Varli are migrated they are now found in every walks of life. Muslim from the other states on account of business or women in general do not enjoy as much freedom employment. as the women of other communities. Most of the muslims women are engaged in household duties. Mother tongue of the surveyed population is When muslim women go outside, they strictly ob­ shown in the following statement (V-4). serve the custom of covering their whole body by

Statement V - 4 I;)istribution of population by mother tongue (Survey data) Mother Tongue No. of persons Percentage

2 3 Marathi 918 76.00 Urban 98 8.11 Hindi 87 7.20 Gujarati 62 5.13 Varli 21 1.74 Others (KannadajMalayalamj SindhijAhiranijPunjabi 22 1.82 Total 1208 100.00

gg Varli is a local language closely akin to Ma­ Apart from mother tongue an enquiry was made rathi. It is to be said as sister language of Marathi. for the subsidiary language because many persons Figures given in the above statement are self ex­ know subsidiary languages besides their mother planatory. The multiplicity of mother tongue as given tongue. The information regarding subsidiary lan­ in the statement proves that Jawhar has· attracted guage is given in the following statement (V-5). the persons from various parts of the state and even outside the state.

Statement V - 5

Distribution of population by mother-tongue and subsidiary languages as related to age and sex (Survey data)

Age and Sex Number 01 .speakers Number of speakers Number of speakers Number 01 speakers Number of speakers of mother tongue of mother tongue of mother tongue of mother tongue of mother tongue 1. Marathi, who 2. Urdu who speak 3. Hindi who speak 4. Gujarati who speak 5. Varli who speak speak subsidiary subsidiary language subsidiary language subisidiary language subsidiary language language as as , as as as Language Language Language Language Language

2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2

H E G M E H M E U M E H M H

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

5-7 Male 2 2 Female 2 2 2

8-10 Male 8 2 3 3 2 1 Female 6 3 2 2

11·14 Male 24 2 2 4 4 1 3 2 Female 22 4 3 6 3 3 2

15 + Male 217 93 4 20 5 25 15 11 15 16 1 Female 161 44 3 12 14 11 10 13 12 2

* Note: H=Hindi, E=English, G=Gujarati, M=Marathi, U=Urdu

Hindi is spoken largely by the people as a subsidiary languages. The distribution of population subsidiary language. Total 529 persons among the by mother tongue, knowledge of subsidiary language sample population speak Hin'di as subsidiary lan­ and average educational score is given in the fol­ guage and most of them have Marathi as their lowing statement 01-6). Mother tongue. Similarly Marathi is spoken as sub­ sidiary language by 126 non-Marathi's persons, majority It is observed that among all the mother tongue of them have Urdu as their mother tongue. English language groups, the educational attainment of those is a subsidiary language spoken by 153 persons who speak Hindi as subsidiary language is com­ and most of them have Marathi as their mother paratively higher than those of other language speak­ tongue. ers. The knowledge of Hindi is more oriented than other languages. Mother tongue, Subsidiary language and educa­ tional Score Houseless & Institutional Population

An attempt has also been made to analyse the Accoding to the Census concept, Houseless educational attaiment of the speakers of various population (or houseless houselelds) include per-

89 Statement V-8

Mother tongue and Knowledge of subsidiary language and average educational score (Survey data)

Mother Total speakers of Speakers of subsidiary languages tongue mother tongue Subsidiary language 1) Hindi Subsidiary language 2) English Population Average educational Population score Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1.Marathi 918 457 461 440 257 183 2.46 2.58 2.28 144 104 40 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 1) Hindi language 2) Marathi

2.Urdu 98 52 46 57 35 22 1.84 2.03 1.59 46 27 19 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 2) Marathi language 2) Urdu

3.Hindi 87 45 42 38 ~2 16 1.05 1.27 0.75 29 16 13 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 1) Marathi language 2) Hindi

4.Gujarati 62 28 34 38 20 18 1.65 2.05 1.25 31 22 9 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 1) Marathi language 2) Hindi

5.Varli 21 9 12 4 3 1.00 2.00 0.67 1 1 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 1) Hindi language 2) Marathi

6.Sindhi 8 4 4 3 2 2.00 2.00 2.00 1 1 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 1) Marathi language 2) Hindi

7.Ahirani 5 3 2 4 3 2.00 2.00 2.00 3 3 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 1) Marathi language 2) Hindi

8. Kannada 5 4 5 4 3.40 3.50 3.00 3 3 Subsidiary Average score Subsidiary language 1) English language 2) Hindi

9. Malayalam 3 2 2 1 3.50 4.00 3.00 2 Subsidiary Average score language 1) Urdu

10.Punjabi 2.00 2.00

90 Statement V -6

Mother Speakers of subsidiary languages tongue Subsidiary language 2) English Subsidiary language 3) Gujarati

Average educational Population Average educational score score

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

1. Marathi 3.23 3.17 3.38 9 6 3 2.00 2.CO 1.67 Average score Subsidiary Average score languaga 3) English

2.Urdu 1.98 2.38 1.47 6 6 3.14 3.14 Average score Subsidiary Average score language 3) English

3. Hindi 1.96 2.00 1.85 3.00 3.00 Average score Subsidiary Average score language 3) English

4.Gujarati 1.65 1.91 1.33 2 3.00 3.00 3.00 Average score

5.Varli 2.00 2.00 Average score

6.Sindhi 2.00 2.00 Average score

7.Ahirani 2.00 2.00 Average score Subsidiary Average score language 3) English

8. Kannada 3.00 3.00 3 2 4.00 4.50 3.00 Average score

9. Malayalam 3.50· 4.00 3.00

10. Punjabi

91 sons who do not have any fixed place for resi­ tribal area of the town some educational institutions dence. Persons of these households are generally under Government Scheme provids hostel faciliUes moving from place to place, camp at night on the for the SCjST students. A statement 0/-7) is show­ streets, in gardens or in open places. Instituional ing houseless and institutional population according households means the households of unrelated to 1981 Census There are 27 houseless households persons, such as staying in boarding houses. messes. with 49 persons and 10 institutional hoseholds cov­ hostels. rescue homes, Jails, ashrams etc. Due to ering 176 persons in Jawhar town.

Statement V - 7

Distribution of Houseless & Institutional population of Jawhar Town (1981 Census)

Type of Population Housi.:.'holds Persons Male Female

Houseless population 27 49 36 13

Institutional Population 10 176 128 48

Total 37 225 164 61

Disabled population by Type of Disability totally dumb. The enquiry was not made at the time of the actual census, but at the preliminary stage of At the time of 1981 Census. information on houselisting operation for conducting the 1981 cen­ disability was collected in a very limited form. The sus. The following statement ry - 8) shows disabled enquairy was restricted to three types of physicially population by type of disability in Jawhar Town. handicaps (i) totally blind, (ii) totally crippled and (iii)

Statement V - 8

Disabled population by type of disability in Jawhar town (1981 Census)

Name of Town Total No Totally Totally Totally of persons blind crippled Dumb

2 3 4 5

Jawhar 4 4

From the above statement V-8, It is noticed Distribution of population by Age, Sex, Martial that 4 persons are totally crippled in Jawhar town. Status The population as per 1981 Census according Let us analyse the demogrphic and the reac­ to age-group, sex and marital status is not available tion of these structural aspects in determining the at the town level. However, the same has been ob­ process of urbanisation occuring in the town. The tained from survey data. 1208 survey population inferences and derivation for the demographic struc­ consists of 605 males and 603 females. Distribution ture of the poplation are mainly based on the data of population by sex, age and marital status is given colleted during our fild survey. in the following statement : 0/ - 9)

92 Statement V - 9

Distributioin of population by Age, Sex and Marital status (Survey data)

Age Group Never Married Married Widowed Separated Divorced Total

M F M F M F M 'F M F M F

0-4 69 73 69 73

5-9 75 73 75 73

10-14 84 83 84 83

15-19 50 63 6 50 69

20-24 38 10 11 40 49 50

25-29 11 2 35 53 46 57 , 30-34 6 48 38 2 54 42

35-49 4 107 86 2 9 2 114 97

50-59 2 32 17 13 35 30

60-69 18 4 3 13 21 17

70+ 5 2 3 10 8 12

Total 339 305 256 246 9 48 3 605 603

It may be seen that among males 56.03 per group the largest percentage of married women with cent are never married, 42.32 per cent are married 34.96 per cent is found in the age group 35-49, and the remaining 1.65 percent are widowed, di­ followed by 21.54 percent in the age group of 25- vorced or separated. The corresponding figures among 29. Among males high percentage of married males females are 50.58,40.80 and 8.62 per cent respec­ with 41.80 per cent are in the age group 35-49 tively. followed by 18.75 per cent in the age group 30-34.

It can be seen from the above statement (V-9) The population of widowed, divorced or sepa­ that no child marriage has been reported during the rated males is however , lower than that of females. survey. Unmarried males than that of females are There are 48 widows as against 9 widowers. Like­ found in upper age groups. Above the age of 35, wise the separated male is 1 whereas, females there are only 6 males remaining unmarried. Married separated and divorced came to 4. Majority of wid­ men and women are found from the age-group 15- owed men and women are found in the age-group 19, onwards but among the males marriages belows 50 and above wheras, divorced are found in the age 19 years of age is almost uncommun, there is no 35-49. Two reasons can be attributed to the com­ married male in the age group 15-19, whereas females paratively larger number of widowed and divorced are only 6. In other words, 2.44 per cent of the total persons among females than males. The high inci­ married women are from the age group of 15-19. dence of widowhood among females is attributed to About 16.26 per cent of the total married women the vast difference in the ages of husbands and are in the age-group of 20-24, whereas among males wives. It is also seen from the survey that the it is only 4.30 per cent. Among quinquennial age- difference in the ages of husbands and wives is

93 greater among muslims. Secondly the possibility of total population and 70.36 per cent of the total male remarriages is greater in the case of widowed and population. Female literates account for 26.76 per divorced males than females. The remarriage of males cent of the total population and 55.84 per cent of after the death of their partner is much more com­ the female population. The literacy rate of the town mon as compared to females, leading there by to is slightly less (63.40%) as compared to state Urban lesser incidence of widowhood in males. (63.92%) and district urban (65.46%).

Literacy and Education For the last 20 years there has been a rapid progress in the literacy rate of the state as well as Maharashtra is comparatively better in literacy, of the district. Compulsory education in the primary as compared to other states of India, but the posi­ classes, lump sum grants to the backward classes tion regarding literacy rate within the state varies and free education to all female chilern upto S.S.C., from district to district. have improved the rates of literacy in the district as well as in the town under study. The percentage of literacy in the state is 47.18 per cent as a whole but it is 50.50 per cent in In 1971, the percentage of literacy in the town Thane district. The urban literacy rate of the rate is was only 54.80 per cent. It went up to 63.40 per 63.92 percent and the district urban literacy rate is cent. in 1981. Similary the male literacy rate in­ 65.46 per cent. As per 1981 Census, 4473 literates creased from 65.57 per cent in 1971. to 70.36 per are there in the townas against 3348 in 1971 and cent and female literacy rate from 42.76 in 1971 to the total literacy rate of the town is 63.40 per cent. 55.84 per cent in 1981. The statement (V-l0) given The literacy rate among females is less than that of below shows the total number of literates and edu­ males. This disparity is less among child ern but cated persons and percentage of literates by sex in high among adults. Males among literates are pre­ the town. dominant and account for 36.64 per cent. of the Statement V - 10

Literate and educated persons in Jawhar town, 1971-1981 Census

Year Total Population Literate and Educated Percentage to literate & Educated persons to total population

Persons Males Female Persons Males Females Persons Males Females

1971 6110 3224 2886 3348 2114 1234 54.80 65.57 42.76

1981 7055 3674 3381 4473 2585 1888 63.40 70.36 55.84

For calculation of effective literacy rate, chil­ . given in the following statement. (V-11) dren under 5 years of age have been excluded. In the census, children under five years of age were Among the persons of school going age- considered as illiterate even though they were at­ group of 5-14, 87.16 per cent In the age-group 5-9 tending schools and could read or write a few and 95.21 per cent in the age-group 10-14 are liter­ words. The distribution of the population by age, ates. It is also observed that in the age-group 5-9, sex and education according to the survey data is the percentage of literacy is slightly lower than that

94 ...... 1ij co r::- co - 0 -.... M 0 to V to co -0> I'- to 0> 0 0 I'- to I'- 0 0> 0 (5 co I'- C') I'- 10 N """C') <'1 to .....: e') 10 C\i cci 0 .....: e') I- ~ se...... 0> ...... co ...... I'- ...... I'- -....-10 8

til Ol Ol N 0 M N 0) 0 0) r::- 0 1ij 0> C') C') C! C') 0 C\J C') 0 0> N ,.... ~ 0) ...... -~ 0> ...... 0> 10 C') Q) <0 I'- 0 C\i .....: C\i N cri N <0 E .1: N 0 <0

0:- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -S C') 0 0 C! C! 0) C! 0) I'- C! 0) «J -~ C? C? 0 Q) co 0 I'- 0 I'- 0 0 to 0 10 0 0> 0 0> 0 10 0 'C ~ ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 .1: ...... 0 0,... 0,... ,... ,... ,... ,... ,... ,... Q)>- ...... "-' "-' "-' ...... ~ en::J ---. -c R' M 0 ~ 0 en en -«l ",,"'to to 0 0 0 to ~ I'- I'- ~ 10 ...... C? 10 ~ N I'- ...... 0 (5 V co to <0 co """<0 <0 v ...... 0> C\i OJ tri 10 cri l- """ co_, I'- ... e se.. ~ ~ ~ se.. "-' -CIS .c: ~ «J .., Ol ---. til 0- ...... to 0 M 0 -...... S Ol ...... tq r::- 0 m 0 I'- 0) C') C') ~ to C') 0> 0 C':! C? 10 I'- V co 0 >- «l Ol ...... to 0 C') ..,f ..,f 0 Co> .'!::! 0 ...... ,... :::E ~ "-' ci...... e e ...... ~ ... f!! ...J ~ ... Q) >I ::: C 'C -Ql C ....Q) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 «J 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 v 0 0 E )( ~ 10 0 0> Ql Ol 10 0 0 0 I'- 0 co 0 10 0 V 0 0 0 ..... 0 to 0 (II to 0 fB 0 0 """ 0 0 0 0 0 """ 0 CIS en § ...... ,... ,... ,... - ...... "-' ...... ~ "-' ~ ~ ...... en ai - «OJ >- .c B ...... i!) ...... N 0> m 0> - 0 M N - C? ca co C\J 0 co 10 I'- c C! N 10 0 v to ~ ...... 0 -0 """ 10co ...... : tri ..,f co ..,f ...... 10 C\i I'- .....: ;: l- co ~ co LI) CIS e ...... "-' se.. se.. e ...... "5 I: C. 0 0 '';:: c. CCI Q) 0 0) 0 "5 r::- ~ R' to en co 0.. 0 0> N C! 0) co en 0) 0> 10 I'- 10 ex) V N - ~ C') 10 V ex) I'- N e: 0 -

0.. ::::l 0> 0> 0> 0 1ij til I "t ,...... C\J C') + ...... Ol 0 C') """I """I """I "t 0) 0 0) 0 J, 0 10 10 0 Ol I- ea N N C') 10 Cl « ~

95 of the age group 10-14 among adults, the propor­ sus, whereas in the survey data, it represents 71.03 tion of literacy rate especially among females over per cent. As regards male literates, 70.36 per cent 35 years of age is far from satisfactory. It is but are in 1981 Census and corresponding figures in natural that, 20 years ago, the education for females survey data is found to be 78.35 per cent. Similarly, was not compulsory. In all the age-groups literacy female literates as per 1981 Census are 55.84 per rate among females is less than that of males. cent whereas in survey data they are 63.68 per Among males of above 35 years of age, 83.15 per cent. cent are literates wheres among females the literates form only 48.72 per cent. An intensive analyasis of this aspect was made during our survey with reference to 250 selected sample units of households. The distribution of It is seen from the statements V-l0 and V-ll, population by educational level duly obtained during that total literates are 63.40 per cent in 1981 Cen- the survey is given in the following statement (V-12).

Statement V - 12

Distribution of population by Educational level (Survey data)

Educational Level Persons Percen- Males Percen- Females Percen- tage tage tage

1. Illiterates 350 28.97 131 21.65 219 36.32 2. Literates 858 71.03 474 78.35 384 63.68 i) Literates without Educational level 203 23.66 118 24.90 85 22.14 ii) Primary 211 24.59 107 22.57 104 27.08 iii) Middle 209 24.36 100 21.10 109 28.39 iv) Matric & Higher Secondary 185 21.56 127 26.79 58 15.11 v) Non-Technical Diploma not equal to degree 2 0.23 2 0.52 vi) Technical Diploma or certificate equal to degree 2 0.23 2 0.52 vii) Graduate/degree, other than technical degree 24 2.80 18 3.80 6 1.56 viii) Post Graduate, Degree, other than Technical Degree 3 0.35 0.21 2 0.52 ix) Engineering/T echnology 7 0.82 7 1.82 x) Medical Qualification 3 0.35 3 0.78 xi) Agricultural, Dairy & Veterinary Qualification 2 0.23 2 0.52 xii) Teaching qualification 7 0.82 3 0.63 4 1.04

Total (1 +2) 1208 100.00 605 100.00 603 100.00

96 Of the total 1208 in the- sample households, sexwise. In this special study, we have worked out illiterates are 350 (28.97%) and literates are 858 educational score by religion and for scheduled castel (71.03%). Among the total literates, 203(23.66%) are scheduled tribe. literates without educational level, 211 (24.59%) are primary, 209(24.36%) are middle, 185 (21.56%) are The individual score adopted for each level of matric and higher secondary level, 24 (2.80%) are education was zero points for illiterates, one for degree holders and 3 (0.35%) are post graduate literate without educational level, two for primary degree holders. The rest 23 (2.68%) are technical and middle, three for matriculation and higher sec­ or non-technical diploma holders, engineers, veteri­ ondary, four for technical and non-technical diploma nary surgeons, doctors and teachers. It may, also not equal to degree, five for graduates, technical be noted that in the literates and educated persons, degree or diploma equal to degree and post gradu­ about half the number, both among males and females ate degree and six for Ph.D. and equivalent degree. have got only primary education or they are literate without educational level. The cummulative score of ail individual males and females has been divided by total number of The intensity of educational attainment by the males & females respectively to obtain the average residence of the town has also been assessed by score per head for total males and females. adopting a score system. In this process, individual score has been given to each member of the house­ The religion and scheduled caste/scheduled hold and the average has been worked out for tribe wise educational score is given below (V-13):-

Statement V-13

Educational score by religion and SC/ST (Survey data)

Religion/Caste(Tribe Total persons Educational score

2 3

Hindu (Other than SC/ST) 568 1.91 a) Scheduled Caste 84 1.99 b) Scheduled Tribe 299 1.10

Muslim 207 1.60

Jain 4.00

Christian 5 2.60

Buddhist 40 1.83

Sikh 3 1.33

Zoroastrian 2.00

97 Statement V-14

Statement showing household defaulting in enrolling school going children (Survey data)

Religion No. of Number of households No. of No. of No. of No. of house- having children of house- house- house- house- holds school going age holds holds holds holds not ha- (5 - 14) with only with only with only with only ving any male male female female child of Male Female Male children children children children school only only and of school of school of school of school going female going age going age going age going age age both and failing and failing and failing and failing to send to send to send to send them to some of them of some of school them to school them to school school

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Hindu

(i) Scheduled 5 2 3 4 Caste

(ii) Scheduled 27 13 9 15 2 Tribe

(iii) Other 62 18 15 29 2

Muslim 9 4 7 16

Jain

Christian 1

Buddhist 2 2 2 2

Sikh

Zoroastrian

Total 109 39 36 66 3 3

98 Religion Number of -Number of Number of Number of Number of Number of households households households households households households having both with both with both having both with both with both male and male and male and male and male and male and female chil- female chil- female chil- female chil- female chil- female chil- dren of dren of dren of dren of dren of drsn of school go- school go- school go- school go- school go- school go- ing age and ing age and ing age and ing age and ing age and ing age and failing to failing to failing to failing to failing to failing to send both send male send only send only send only send some to school children some male female some female male and only to children to children children female school school to school to school children to school

, 10 11 12 13 14 15

Hindu

(i) Scheduled Caste

(jj) Scheduled 2 Tribe

(iii) Others 2

Muslim

Jain

Christian

Buddhist

Sikh

Zoroastrian

Total 1 3 3

99 From the above statistics. it is seen that the school. Similarly out of 66 households having both educational score for Jain (4.00) is higher than that boys and girls of school going age one household of other religions. but from the study point. it is not did not send boys and girls. to the school. This to be considered higher because the population of also shows that generally. there is less enthusiasm the Jain religion is only one. It is clear that the to send the female children to the schools. lowest score is for scheduled tribe persons (1.10). Concepts of some of the terms used in this Non-enrollment in School and discontinuation section are given. Children of age 5 and above but of study up to 14 are counted for school going age. If both male and female children of school going age are The information regarding non-enrollment in not enrolled in school. it is termed as default consis­ school and discontinuation of study has been col­ tancy. Secondly. if all male children of school going lected at the time of survey. An enquiry was also age are enrolled in school but not female children. it made about socio-economic background of these is taken as default inconsistancy by sex and if some households for defaulting in enrolling their children male and some female children are enrolled and not in the school. others. it is called as default inconsistancy (unstruc­ tured). Out of 250 households covered for this special study. 141 household have children in the school In the sample househods covered for the study. going age-group 5-14. Among them 7 house­ il is found that there are two households of which holds(4.96%) of the total households in this age­ one is in default consistancy by sex and the other is group did not send at any time. their children to in default inconsistancy by sex for enrolling child ern school. in the school. Not a single household fall under default inconsistancy (Unstructured) in enrolling chil­ The distribution of households defaulting in dren in the school. An enquiry was also made enrolling children in the school are shown in the regarding the defaulting households in enrolling their following statement:-(V-14) children to school in respect of socio-economic background of these houseHolds. Out of 141 house­ Among 141 households having children of school holds which had the children of school going age.17 going age. 39 have only boys, 36 hiM! only girls households were noted to be defaulters in sending and 66 have both boys and girls. 3 out of 39 all or some of their children to school. The back­ households with only boys of school going age and ground of the heads of the households defaulting in again 3 out of 36 households with only girls of enrolling child ern in schools are noted below (V-15) school going age. did not send their children to

100 Statement V-15

Classification of households by reason for non-enrollment occuptional category of head of household

Occupational No.of HHS with reasons Household problems or Category Poor condition Lack of Lack of difficulties or finanacial interest of interest of deficiency childern parents or negligence of parents

2 3 4 5

1. Unskilled worker 2 5 2. Low profession 3. Small business 4. Medium business 5. Cultivator 2 6. Non-workers

It may be seen from the above statement V-15 The Average age at marriage that 5 households could not afford to send their childern to school due to poor financial condition, Generally all the marriages are arranged by the 11 households could not sent their children to school, parents in the town. Specially in less educated families because of lack of interest either of children or most of such marriages are performed without know­ parents and only 1 households could not send their ing each other. children to school due to household problem and difficulties. In the same way lower occupational The data collected from the sample house­ castegory of the head of the hosehold is also the holds, covered under this study, reveals that early backgrond of non-enrollment of the children in the marriages are common, especially, among Hindus and school. Muslims of the town. The distribution of population by age at marriage as related to religion, is given in According to the data collected from the sample the following statement (V-16) covered under this study, the parents of 9 children conSisting of 3 boys and 6 girls who discontinued Out of 241 married Hindu (including SC/ST) the studies of their children were unskilled workers women, 22 (9.13%) got married when they were and unedudcated or educated up to low standards. below the age of 14. This shows that, though the Many of them were engaged as un-skilled labourers child marriage is prohibited by law these marriages or casual labourers .or non-workers who have no are still in practice. Similary of the total Hindu married fixed income and their livelihood depended upon the women 161 (66.80%) got married when they were avaiability or work. below the age of 19 against the corresponding

101 r::: (/) r::: 0 - (1j :::I .§ :c :;:; :§l "0 "0 (/) Ci) .;;: (ii Q) .!: :::I "0 .c r::: cr: :::I .c ..::.: .~ (5 f :::a= III (.) U5 -, I-

102 + If') "- '

0 ...... - '

0 If')- 0 If') (") '

Cll iii 0 E 0 '

0 C\I CO "- (") 0- '

0 '

0 If')- 0 "- (") ('") (") '

0 Cll iii 0 ' Qi... 0 0 ' 'E ....c CI ~ c Vi c: E .. 0 :::l 1: .~ IU .~ Q) "C "C .;:: Q) :§l u; - .c: c: iii .. .£ "0 '" .;,,: S Cl Cii :::l :::l .c: Oro '0 CJ) <{ a: I :2 co () (i) -:l I-

103 figure in the men is only 27(11.20%). It shows in al deemed to be the first and foremost duty and anxi­ communities early marriages are more popular. From ety of the Indian parents. They also feel that the be­ the sample households canvassed for this study, it lated marreage of a girl is feared to bring an igno­ is also noticed that the most favourite age for fe­ miny to the f::!mily. In general, financial position, male marriages is found to be 14 to 19 years for Rervlce status and favourable atmosphere of families both Hindu and Muslims. Similarly, the age of first :lre the major contributing factors tor earty mar­ marriage is for 75.18 per cent of the total Hindu riages of daughters. Another factor leading to early married women and 82.98 per cent of the total marriage ia the kind wishes of the parents, that their muslim married women is between 14 to 19. How­ children male or famale, should get married and ever, 5.03 percent of the total married women who have children before they die belong to the age-group of 55 and above got mar­ ried when their ages were below 14. At the same Distribution of married women by educational tim~ only 0.60 per cent of the total married women level and age at marriage is given in the following :­ who belong to the age-group of 14-24 got married (v-18). before the attainment of 14 years of age. Therefore, it appears that the age at marriage has slightly Inter religion, intercaste marriages and remarriages advance in recent years. It was also, observed that of the divorced and widowed persons the age at marriage depends upon economical and social status of the househld. Age at marriage is low This issue is better and boisterous than the in poor families. The following statement ~- 17) previous one since the circle involved in such reveals the age at marriage as related to education combination is conparatively smaller. Certain die hard a level. presumption and facts always have a reaction against such progressive attitudes. During the survey of 250 From the above statement (v - 17) it is seen sample household no csae of inter religion or inter that most of the literaes up to matriculation got caste marriage was noted. However, re-man1age of married within the ages 14 -19 and 20 - 24. Of the widows within the castes and tribes is practised. 30 matriculate female, 15 got married within the age Among, Hindus, excepting Brahmins and Marathas, 14-19, 12 females within the age of 20-24 and re-marriage of widows are freely allowed both by remaining 3 got married when they were between law and custom and they are common among them. 25 to 29 years old. Similarly out of 6 graduate and The survey reveals 3 cases of remarriages of males post graduate females, 2 got married within th age and 3 of females: Among the males, 2 are from 14-19 and 4 within the age of 20-24 years old. Hindu religion (Scheduled Tribe) and 1 Is from Sikh Thus, althouth lower level education upto matricula­ religion and among the females 2 are from Hindu tion may not have much impact on the age at religion (Scheduled Tribe) and 1 is from Muslim marriage, the higher level education does have a religion. The reasons for remarriages reported by visible effect in advancement of the average age at them are marriage. 1) due to the partner's death in 3 cases and 2) due On the whole, it is, noted that irrespective of to divorce or separation in 3 cases. the educatuonal standard of the unmarried females, their parents are keen to get them married as early Correlates of age at marriage as possible because they are also afraid that their daughters may not get a good match if she is over The following statement (V-19) gives the details aged. Daughter's early marriage than the son is of age at marriage as ralated to present age by sex.

104 u.. C') 0) C')

L[') ::'J := N C') co -co 'C- >. u.. Q) 2: " ~ CO u.. 0) C') N N C') 0 C 0) ...-.... ,2 C\I co :>- -~ L[') ::s C\I co 0) L[') to 0 0 '::... co u.. l() C\I l() '

u.. C') 0) C') C') N .... "

105 (/) Q) c: ~ ,..._ Q) 0 ,..... 0 .0 0 q q CO E ~ ('(I 0 "0 C\J cO ~ e -g (!) ('(I ~.... tU "0 S C1l I c: ::::J .0 E «! iii CO) u Q) Ol <;t,..._ 0 0 (ij .;:: c: > ::::J 0 CO) 0 (5 ... 0 0 ~ oi ('Ij ci tU +=0 .0 ~ t\I CO) ... ~ ..!!! tU ~ Cl ...0 C1l ('(I Cl -.. I as Q) ::::J ,..._ "D ~ ... U 0 0 0 C1l 0 .;: c: >- u e 0 CO Ol f6 0 0 0 Q) .... Q) ...... :.:; C1l .~ Q.«! " CI '" 0 ('(I iii ::::J .0 "D "0 ctI CO c: ctI "0 ... ('(I .... c: I c: C) ctI > 0 c: :;:; c: -C1l as 0 u .~ C1l (J) E ~ > ~ C1l Q) 0 "0 "S 0 (ij I!) CO "It Q) .D Q) CO) C'Cl .;::U ctI ::::J - >- .0 -0 en ... -0 - .c ctI c: S ctI.... c: ~ ctI .0 OJ C1l E 0:r:

"D I Q) ';: C1l '5 <;t CO "It ... (.) CO) O'l t\I as ~ B .;:: c: C1l iii 0 E .~ a. .~ ...J ::J E 0 -c: 0 :;:; ~ C1l .c '" CO) O'l t\I CO CO) ';: ~ (") t\I CO C1l iii .'\: i:5

"0 c: ,..._ C1l C1l co 0 0 a (il Ol t\I 0 co 'E .E t\I N ...0 «! 0 ~ E ~

106 Statement V - 19

Age at marriage as related to sex and present age (survey data)

Present Age Age at marriage

Below 14 14-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45+

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Below 14 Male Female

15 - 24 Male 2 9 Female 2 ~3 11

25 - 34 Male 9 39 33 2 Female 74 20 2

35 - 44 Male 10 36 28 4 Female 5 40 15 6

45 - 54 Male 4 25 15 5 2 Female 5 27 7 1

55+ Male 5 27 3 5 2 Female 15 26 7

Total Male 30 136 79 16 3 2 Female 27 200 60 10

It is seen from the above statement (V -19) that, present age group 25-34 years, 74 got married in out of tatal married persons 11 males and 46 fe­ the age group 14-19 years 20 got in the age group males got married attaindig their age between 15-24 20-24 years and only 2 married in the age between years. There are 83 males in the present age group 25-29 years. It is clearly noticed that only one fe­ 25-34, of them 9 got married when they were in the male got married in present age group, 35-44 whose age group 14-19 years, 39 got married between the age at marriage is 30-34, whereas 16 males got age of 20-24 years, 33 were married at the age of married in the same age group. Not a single female 25-29 years and only 2 males got married at the in any present age group got married after the age age of 30-34 years. Similarly, 96 females in the of 34 years.

107 CHAPTER VI

MIGRATION AND SETTLEMENT OF FEMILIES

Movement of population to a town is mostly and the state to settle down in the town. In addition due to economic, reasons and the motive behind to this, some other communities have migrated tJ migratuon is the human urge for enjoying better the town for business, service and for working in facilities in life. Migration also occupies a distinct commercial establishments and they settled down in place in the study of the problems of rapid urban­ the town. isation. Urbanisation is related to the rise in pi pula­ tuon in the place defined as urban. This is either The information of migrants according to 1981 due to reproductive change or to net migration. Census, with place of birth and last residence of Though migration involves the movement of popula­ persons is not abailable at the town level. However tion both into and out of particular place, this study an attempt has been made to analyse this aspect covers only such families which have come from on the basis of survey data. For this special study, outside the town and are at present living in the we covered 1208 persons,from 250 sample house­ town. This chapter deals with the broad category of holds of the 1208 persons 622 persons are born places of migrants, the distances of the places of outside the town, consisting of 287 males and 335 origin of the households from where migration took females. These males and females born in places place, time of migration nature of migration causes outside the town are classified by sex and by rural of migration and the possession of property of the and urban areas. migrants and their social bonds with their relations at their places of origin. Number of Males and Females born within and outside town Jawhar having a historical background and also famous as a thick forestarea, majority of the per­ Migrants classified on the basis of place of sons of scheduled tribe communities minght have birth, sex and by rural & urban areas are shown in been attracted from the various parts of the district the following statement- Stalement VI-l

Number of persons born within and outside the town by rural & urban areas (Survey data)

Migration status as Persons Males Females per place of birth Rural Urban Rural Urban Rural Urban

2 3 4 5 6 7

A) Non-migrant (Born in the town) 586 318 268

B) Migrant 377 245 177 110 200 135

I. Born outside town 150 59 68 32 82 27 in the district

II. Born within the 183 173 83 73 100 100 state in other districts

III. Born in other 42 13 24 5 18 8 states

IV. Born in other 2 2 country

Total ( A + B ) 377 831 177 428 200 403

Most of the migrants are found to be from Migrants classified by place of last residence: rural areas. The number of persons who migrated from rural areas are 377 as against 245 migrant Classification of migrants based on ast resi­ from urban areas. Persons born in rural areas and dence includes persons born outside the town and migrated to the town from within the state but those born in the town, but stayed in other places outside the district are, substantially, more than the temporarily or permanently and present in the town persons migrated from within the district. Similarly at thl3 time of survey, is given hlvw. Distribution of migrant from the other districts of the state are persons, according to last residence within and outside more from urban areas than that of district. It is also the town by rural and urban areas, is given in the noted that migrants from other states are mostly following statement. (V1-2) from ~ural areas than those from urban areas.

109 Statement VI - 2

Persons according to place of last residence within and outside the town by rural and urban areas (Survey data)

Migration status as per Persons Males Females place of last residence Rural Urban Rural Urban Rural Urban

2 3 4 5 6 7

A) Non-migrant 572 312 260 (born in the town) 8) Migrant I. Last residence 167 116 69 64 98 52 out side the town but in the district

II. Last residence 153 148 66 66 87 82 out side the district but with in the state

III. Last residence in 38 14 20 6 18 8 other states

IV. Last residence in other country

Total 358 850 155 448 203 402

It may be seen from the statement (VJ-2) that that of other districts of the state. last residence of the maximum migrants is found in Migrants by duration of stay in the town: rural areas. The number of persons migrated from rural areas are 358 as against 278 migrants from After studying the place of last residence of rurban areas. The persons, whose last residence is migrants, the migrants are classified by duration of both in rural and urban areas and migrated to the stay. The following statement (V1-3) gives the distri­ town from v.:ithin the district are a little less than bution of migrants by duration of stay in Jawhar.

110 STATEMENT VI - 3

Migrants classified by duration of stay in Jawhar (Survey data)

Total migrants Duration of stay Persons Males Females

2 3 4

Less than 1 year 35 19 16

1 -4 years 176 89 87 5 -9 years 114 57 57

10 - 19 138 51 87

20 years & above 173 75 98

Total 636 291 345

Out of 636 migrants, according to place of last duration of stay of the maximum number of mi­ residence, 176 pesons or 27.67 per cent have been grants in the town is b~tween the perion of 1 to 4 residing in the town between a period of 1 to 4 years. years, 173 migrant or 27.20 per cent have been staying in the town for 20 years or more. Similarly Migrants classified by sex, broad age-group, duration or stay of 138 persons or 21.70 per cent of educational levels by occupational divisions : the migrant is 10 to 19 years, 114 persons or 17.92 per cent of the total migrants are residents of the The distribution of migrant population by sex, town for a period of 5 to 9 years and only 35 broad-age-groups is shown in the following state­ persons i.e., 5.50 per cent migrants came to this ment (Vi-4). town very recently. From this it is observed that the

111 Statement VI - 4

Distribution of migrant population by sex and broad ag&-groups (Survey data)

Sex All ages Age - group

o - 14 15 - 59 60+

2 3 4 5

Male 291 91 191 9

Female 345 79 246 20

Total 636 170 437 29

It shows that the majority of the migrant are in place of last residence, duration of stay in the town lS 59 age-group. Genearly, Old persons do not migrate and sexwise broad age-groups, it would, certainly , .' 0ther places. Among the migrants 26.73 per cent be interesting to know the part played by them in .ire in 0-14 age-group, 68.71 per cent in 15-59 and the economic activity of the town and the literacy . i 56 per cent in 60 + age-group. The literacy rate among migrants is higher than the literacy rate of original inhabitants of the town. There Literacy and Education and Occupational Classifi­ is a large disparity between the rate of literacy of cation of the migrants : the migrant male and female workers. The sex and cccuptional divisions of the migrants by educational Having studied the migrants based on their level are given in the following statement (V1-5)

112 Statement VI - 5

Literacy and Occupation of migrants (Survey data)

Educational Sex Total Occupational division of workers Non- level workers 0-1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7+8+9

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Illiterate M 56 2 3 8 4 39 F 129 3 13 6 4 102

Literate without M 42 7 1 32 educational level F 46 2 43

Primary M 34 2 5 2 2 22 F 70 2 1 66

Middle M 46 1 7 6 4 6 5 16 F 56 54

Matric M 73 10 5 19 8 7 7 2 15 F 41 5 2 33

T8chnical M 14 7 2 4 F 2 2

Graduates & M 20 9 2 8 above F 7 6

Total 636 39 8 44 29 33 28 23 432

Note: 0 - 1 Professional, technical and related workers.

2 Administrative, Executive and Managerial workers.

3 Clerical and related woukers 4 Sales workers. 5 Service workers.

6 Farmers, Fishermen, Hunters, Loggers and related workers.

7 + 8 + 9 = Production and related workers, transport equipment operators and labourers.

113 Of the total migrants 8.81 per cent males are the working migrants are literates and educated. In illiterates, whereas it is 20.28 per cent for females. It addition to this, it is interesting to· note that female is also noted that 10.83 per cent of the male work· literates among migrants non-workers are more than ers and 57.45 per cent of female workers are iIIiter· their counter parts among workers. Further, it is also ates. Most of the females are engaged in domestic observed that among the non-workers, female litre­ service, agricultural activity etc, and therefore, they rates without ecucational level, together with primary do not require any educational qualification. Of the and middle levels, are more than double of male male workers, 58 are matriculate but the corre­ non-wokers. sponding figure for female is only 8. Among 21 graduate workers only one is female and the rest Migrant households classified by place of last are males. 9 graduate males are employed in pro­ residence duration of stay : fessional, technical and other related field as against no female is found in this category. Nearly two-third The households with reference to last resi­ of the migrants are non-workers and literacy among dence and duration of stay is discussed below. In them is lower than those found among the workers. the following statement (V1-6) we have taken into 67.36 per cent of the non-working migrants are consideration the head of household's last residence literates and. educated as against 78.43 per cent of and his duratuon of stay in the town.

Statement VI - 6 Distribution of migrant households as per place of last residence and duratuon of stay of head of houehold in town (Survey data) :

Duration of stay Household migrated from

Rural Urban Total

2 3 4

Less than 1 year 4 4 8

1 - 5 years 24 24 48

6 • 10 years 15 19 34

11 - 20 years 9 14 23

21 + years 28 17 45

TOTAL 80 78 158

Out of 158 migranted households, 80 (50.63%), town during last 10 years i.e. migration is fairly households have migrated from rural areas and 78 substantial during the said period. It is also ob· (49.37%) households from urban areas in the town. served that the migration is s'ome what equal both Majority of the households have migrated to the from rural and urban areas.

114 Workers and non-workers classified by mfgration according to broad age-group by migration status status on the basis of place of last residence: (on the basic of place of last residence) is given in the following statement: (V1-7) The distribution of workers and non-workers Statement VI - 7

The distribution of population according to workers and non-workers by broad age-groups and migration status (Survey data)

Migration Age - group status o -14 15 - 59 60+ ! All ages Workers Non- Workers Non­ Workers Non­ Workers Non­ workers workers workers workers

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Migrants 169 200 237 3 26 204 432

Non­ 268 149 126 5 23 155 417 migrants

Total 2 437 349 363 8 49 359 849

The study reveals that both workers and non­ Very few workers in the age-group of 60 and above worker persons migrated to the town is heavy (68.71 %) and only one in the age-group of 0-14 have mi­ in the age-group 15-59 years. Children in the age­ grated to the town. In the following statement VI-8 group of 0-14 and aged people in the age-group of migrant workers are classified according to the place 60 and and above who are mostly non-workers and of last residence. might have followed the bred winners of the family. Statement VI - 8

Workers among migrants according to place of last residence (Survey data)

Area from where Total Total Percentage of migrated migrant workers workers to total migrant in each areas

2 3 4 Elsewhere in the district 283 94 33.22

Other district of the state 301 83 27.57 Other states in India 52 27 51.92 Total 636 204 32.08

115 From the above statement (V1.8) one can say 1966, 11(6.96%) households during 1966 to 1970, 12 that more or less contributu(ll"l of workers from the (7.60 %) households during 1971 to 1975 and 90 three areas, from where migration to the town is (56.96) per cent households migrated to the town effected, the largest number of migrant workers are after 1975. The proportion of migrated households is contributed by the group which came from other substantially higher after 1975. This may be the states in India followed by that from elsewhere In result of development and implementation of the the district of the town and then from other district tribal schemes by the Government. in this area. of the state. Secondly, the information regarding family size of the migrant, is also presented hereafter. Among 158 Migrant households by place and year of migra­ migrant households to the town, 12.66% households tion: are single member households 62.66 per cent house­ holds have two to five members. 23.42 per cent Out of 250 households, 92 (36.80%) house­ households six to nine members and only 1.26 holds are non-migrant and 158 (63.20%) households percent have ten or more members. are migrated from various places. The following bar-diagram is self explanatory in Of the 158 migrated households,47.47 per cent respect of family size of the migrant households. households are migrated from the same district, whereas little less 43.67 per cent households are Number of members by migration status and place from other districts, and remaining 8.86 per cent of birth of head of household: households are migrated from the other states. The same has been presented in the bar digram. The composition by sex and age status of members (minor upto age 14 and adult 15 and In addition to this the information regarding above) according to the distribution of households year of migration of ehe migrant households have by migration status and place of birth of head of been collected at the time of survey. 45 (28.48%) household is given in the following statement (V1-9). households have been meg rated to the town before

116 JAWHAR TOWN MIGRANTS HOUSEHOLDS BY PLACE OF LAST RESIDENCE (Based on 250 households)

U1 "0 -C .c 40 Q) III :J o .c ..... 30 C­ o .- f 1:) 20

Cl) 0} .....o c B 10 &... Cl) a... o Same Othe r Other district dis1ricts States JAWHAR TOWN MIGRANTS HOUSEHOLDS BY YEAR OF MIGRATIUN (Based on 250 households)

60

50 ~ o-1 :r: w Lf) 40 6 I

!-­ Z cr::~ 30 l') ~ LL o ~O LLJ i. (9 ~ z w u cr 10 ~

o Before 196f 1971 After 1966 to to 1975 1970 1975 JAWHAR TOWN MIGRANTS HOUSEHOLDS BY FAMILY SIZE (Based on 2 SO households)

70

60

Ifl --;;:, 50 0 _c G! UJ :::J 0 _,_r- £.0 lfl +-' C a I- 01 E 30 ,+c. 0

QJ 01 ....0 C G! u 20 I- ill Q_

10

~ 0 I- UJ Q)lfl Ul L QI l_ > l_ ..0 Q) 'l! OQl ..LJ .DD

Distribution of households by place of birth of head of households and composition by sex and age status of members (minor upto age 14, adult 15 and above) (Survey data)

Number of households where composition by sex and age of member is

Migration status and Adult males Adult male/ Adult males Adult females Adult male Adult female place of birth the and female female only only and minor and minor head of household and minor male and male and male/female or female or female

2 3 4 5 6 7

A. Non-Migrant 70 19 4 2 (Born in the town)

B.1. Migrant(Born out- R 23 7 4 3 side the town in U 2 2 2 the district)

II. Born within the state but outside the district

(a) Adjacent district R 12 4 Nashik U 6 2

(b) Far away district R 20 2 5 2 (i.e., other U 24 4 4 districts of the state

III. Born in other R 9 5 states U 3 3

IV. Born in other R country U

From the above statement VI-9 it is ovserved households have adult females only. Remaining 2 that, of the 153 migrant households, as per place ot households are under other cetegory i.e. adult male birth of head of household 100 households, were with minor male/female and aduldt female with minor having adult male and female and minor male and male/female. It is understood that majority of the female, 29 households consist of adult male and households moved into the town with the head of female, 14 households have adult males and 8 the households.

120 Households by longest duratuon of stay of any place of birth and they include 14 persons born in member the town but migrated to other places and came back to Jawar. Among 622 migrants, (as per place As regards the duration of stay of the migrant of birth) 209 persons have migrated from the same households, it is seen from statement VI - 6, that district which include 44 persons who have moved 45(28.48%) migrant households had settled dawn in from other places before coming to Jawhar. Simi­ the town 21 years ago. They have shifted to ti:le larly, among 356 migrants, who migrated from other town in the past in connection with employment, districts, 220 have migrated to the town directly business euducation, etc. In other words, it is said from the place of birth and others have migrated that, at least one member of these households came from places other than birth places. out of 55 per­ to the town and stayed 21 years ago. sons, who migrated from other states, 13 have moved elsewhere before migrating to Jawhar and others Last residence as releated to place of birth have migrated directly from their birth places. Two persons hailing from other countries, did not come Out of 1,208 persons covered by the survey, directly to the town from their birth place Details are 209 persons have last residence from different their furnished in the following statement (V1-10)

Statement VI - 10

Place of last residence as related to place of birth (Survey data)

Place of birth Total Last Residence

Persons Males Females Same place of birth Different from place of birth

Males Females Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Same Place 586 318 268 312 260 6 8 (Jawhar town)

Same district 209 100 109 73 92 27 17

Other district of 356 156 200 92 128 64 72 the state

Other states 55 29 26 19 23 10 3

Other countries 2 2 2

Total 1208 605 603 496 503 109 100

121 Place of brith last residence of the head of house­ this purpose. holds as related to country/state/destrict to which belongs The reason of migration are as under :-

In majority of the cases, the place of last 1. Employment: Increase in employment opportu­ residence is the birth place itself. However, in some nities in Government, Semi-Government and pri­ other cases last resedence is not necessarily the vate sectors. place of birth, This is evident from further discus­ sion. Out of 250 households, head of 92 households 2. Business : Jawhar being a tahsil place and mar­ belong to the same town, 67 belong. to other places ket centre for the interior areas, people have of the same district, 74 belong to other districts of settled down for business purposes. the state and 17 belongs to other state. 3. Education : In Jawhar, the technical and higher Households hailing from out-side : educational facilities are available and hence some student as well as some families migrated to the Among the migrant households hailing from town, specially form nearby rural areas. places, 53.16 per cent households migrated from places within a distance of below 100 kms, 20.89 4. Medical/Legal Practice : It is but natural that per cent within the distance of 101 to 200 kms. and Jawhar being a tahsil place and town place, the the remaining households from a distance of be­ practice of some professional persons such as yond 200 kms, from Jawhar, It is also seen that doctors and advocates is very essential and hence 44.30 per cent migrant households originally be­ some doctors and advocates are settled down in longed to rural areas whereas rest of the houeholds the town. are from urban areas. In other words majority of the persons born in rural and urban areas have mi­ As per our observations and study, the main grated from places situated at a distance of 51 to reason for movement of the working population is 100 km. unemployment at their· native places (which asre mostly in rural areas) and the meagre inocome of Characteristics of the place of origin of migrants the families. The other factors for movement of and reason for migration : persons from their native places are (1) better in­ come prospects in other places (2) lack of educa­ It may be intersting to study the characteristics tion facilities at native places (3) nearness to the of original places of residence of the migrants and native place (4) family differences (5) dislike for the to establish casual relationship with place of migra­ occupation presently engaged. tion and reasons for migration. As regards the char­ acteristics of the place of origin, of the 158 migrant Characteristic of the places of successive Migra­ households, it may be state that the places of origin tion of 70 households were villages, those of 25 house­ holds were small towns those of 46 households The households which came to town by suc­ were medium size towns and those of 17 house­ cessive migration in two or more stages constitute holds were cities. Opportunities of employment and - 25.32 per cent of the total migrant households. It _is business or educatuon seem to be the main attrac­ also observed that most of these households came· tion of the town to the migiant households. Classi­ from rural areas of other places. Jawhar, being a fication of small towns (below 20,000 population), tahisl headquarters tahsil level Government or Semi­ medium size town (population 99,999) and city Government offices, branches of various banks and (population is 1 lakh and above) was considered for other c"""mercial establishments are situated here.

122 With the result that the chances of employment to except those who came from other countries, still the persons and frequent transfers and postings of retain ownership of their landed . property in their employees in these units appear to be the main native places and it accounts 'for 32.91 percent reason for successive migration by stages. (i.e.52 hhS.). The recent migrants had more property than the old migrants. Distribution of households Property It the place from where migrated: having property at the places from where migrated by duration of stay is given in the following state­ A good propertion of migrants from all places ment. (V1-11)

Statement VI-11

Households having property at the places from where migrated by duration of stay (Survey data)

Total No. of households Duration of stary ,Less than 1-4 years 5-9 years 10-19 years 20 + years 1 year

2 3 4 5 6

52 2 26 8 5 11

Out of 52 households, 28 (53.85%) households their native places. Among them about 60 percent came to the town during the last four years could of the hoseholds came from a distance of less than claim properties at their previous places as against 100 kms. Generally. the migrants hand over the 11 (21.15%) of the migrant households. who came management of the property to their close relatives to settle down in the town before 20 years. 8 or leave it for the maintenance by their other rela­ (15.38%) of those who settled over a period of 5 to tives, who continue to stay in their place of origin. 9 years and 5 (9.62%) of those who came between But in our survey data. it is found that most of Ithe 10 to 19 years, have properties at their original migrants are supervising their property personally places. It shows that the people with longer stay in and some are found to have disposed of their the town did not retain as much landed property in property at the time of migration. The details of their native places as the recent migrants house­ arrangement of supervision of their property is given holds. Similarly, in all 52 households who have in the following statement :- VI-12 migrated from various distance, have the property at

123 Statement VI-12

Households having property at the places from where migrated, classified by arrangment of supervi­ sionjmanagment (Survey data)

Distance of place No.of Arrangement of supervision of migration(kms) househods Personal Ratio or rented through relatives

2 3 4 5

Less than 20 6 6 21-50 8 6 51-100 16 12 2 2 101-200 9 8 201-500 10 7 2 501 and above 3 2

Total 52 41 6 5

As stated earlier most of those migrants, irre­ Statement VI-13 spective of the distance of place are supervising Households having their close relations at places their property personally. It is also observed that in from where they have migrated (Survey data) several cases, the extent of land or estate owned by them is small and of little value. Details of relatives No. of households Close relations at the place from where migrated 2

1) Father 31 Among the migrant hose holds, more than 35 2) Mother 21 per cent of the hoseholds, have their close relations 3) Son 3 like parents, daughters, brothers sons, sisters etc. in 4) Brother 4 their place of origin. The statement VI-13 below 5) Husband gives an idea regarding close relations of the hose­ 6) Wife 4 holds who stay in the place from where the house­ Total 64 holds migrated .to the town.

124 These migrant households, who have close re­ into consideration as unit of migration. lations at, place of origin, maintained contact with 1) Only male workina member. their former homes by visiting one or more times 2) All at a time during last three years. Almost all the visits of these 3) Only male working members at the first stage households to t.he places of origin of migration are followed by others. to meet their kith and kins. Vice versa, the relatives Out of 158 migrant households, 21 households f migrants are also stated to have visited them at have migrated under type 1, 38 households have Jawhar, occasionally. Among the relatives of the under type 2 and the rest 99 households have migrant households, brothers, mother-in-law and fa­ migrated under type .3 ther-In-law of the head of the households, are the frequent visitors of this place. Help received from various sources during migra­ tion -'; Unit of migration : Of the migrant households only 11 have re­ It is but natural that, the person comes first ceived help on their migration to the town. They individually at the place where' he gets the job or belong to Brahmin, Mahadeo Koli, Maratha, Teli, business and after making arrangement of accom­ Mali, Karwari, Ezhava and Vanjari communities. The modation he brings his familly members to that details regarding help received by these households place. In this special study, following types are taken is given in the following statement (V1-14)

Statement VI-14

Particulars of help received by the migrant bouseholds from their relatives and employing agencies (Survey data)

Nature of help No.of households Help received from

Relatives Employing agencies

2 3 4

1. Accommodation 4 2 2 2. Cash 5 4 3. Credit 4. Free-boarding

Total 11 4 7

Of the 11 households,9 have received the help ing or after migration to the town. by way of accommodation and cash from the rela­ tives and employing agencies. The facts and figures furnished above, accord­ ing to Census as well as survey data show that an Problems faced during or after migration overwhelming proportion of the migrants came from the surrounding areas of the district and Most of the migrant hoseholds faced problems among them those shifted from the rural areas are such as accommodation, electriCity and water dur- in majority.

125 CHAPTER VII

NEIGHBOURHOOD PATTERN

Neighbourly contacts, whether in an urban or in area of living sufficiently compact to permit frequent a rural area, are charactersied by physical proximity and fairly intimate contact between the members. Social and mutual helpfulness. Having granted phsical prox­ interaction in a neighbourhood is face to face and pri­ imity, the mutual helpfulness may find expressions in mary. This makes for a strong sense of belonging to­ varied forms. For instance, borrowing and lending of gether ensures conformity to the group norms and en­ money, helping a person who is sick or in any nther dows every member of the community to influence the adversity and so on. It is said that the proce~;j of behaviour of others. thus understood a neighbourhood unbanisation is actualy opposed to the preservation of presupposes a degree of homogeneity stability of resi­ neighbourhood life, because urban life is wholly im­ dence and restricted physical mobility away from the presonal and devod of primary group intimacy. Many community." people think that urban life is wholly sophisticated and that the fellow-feeling among neighbours does not go The focus of the study is a social relationship in beyond a polite expression of goodwill and any aid the neighbourhood. One on the major objectives is to given to others is channelised through organisations. find out whether the mother-tongue, caste or level of education of person influence the kind of contracts the The concept of the neighbourhood as a socio­ persons has in the neighbourhood in which he lives. logical entity is quite meaningful. The most distinctive characteristics of a neighbourhood are, according to The town under study has a municipal council. *Carpenter, "its relation with the local area sufficiently Typical urban institutions and voluntary organisations compact to permit frequent and intimate association for social service are conspicuously absent. No such and the emergence out of such association of suficient neighbouhood pattern as can· be strictly segregated homogeneity and unity to permit a primary face to face into social, cultural or economic groups is discernible. social grouping endowed with a strong sense of self consciousness and capable of infulencing the behavi­ Jawhar being a small town, the geographical and our of its several constituents". Neighbourhood is only social elements may not go together but both have to a sub-section of the city and its position in the urban be considered for studying the neighbourhood pattern structure cannot be overlooked. Even the most un­ in the town. Smallness of the town with a total popu­ planned town does not grow in a completely random lation of only 7055 helps to develop the personal fashion though it is not controlled by a'master pian'. acquaintance and contact among the inhabittants of Neighbourhood is not be conceived as a physical various localities. entity alone. It is a social and moral pattern. We have to consider the ~ocial class of any given area, it Jawhar town is divided into 20 wards. Each ward functions and the behaviour that constitutes neigh­ represents one or two dominant ethnic groups i.e., bourhood life. Scheduled Caste, Scheduled tribe, Muslims, etc., inter­ mingling of the people for vasrious social needs are Definition of neighbourhood so close and constant that this entire town can be According to *M.S. Gore, "neighbourhood is an described to represent as one neighbourhood. There

*Carpenter : Encylopedia of the Social Science: New York: 1933.

*M.S. Gore: Immigrants and neighbourhoods. Two aspects of life in a metropolotan city: Tata Institute of Social Science: Bombay: 1969 are some thickly populated localities in the town. Here characteristics studied are particulars of landscape, households generally live in a single storeyed houses density of population, ethnic compostion, occupa­ or huts which are independent in nature but close to tional set-up and social strata of sample neighbourhoods. each other. Provision of civic amenities, availabilities and supply of various other requirements of the people Localities selected is found to be inadequate. For detailed study of the neighbourhood pattern, In each of these areas, the neighbourhood and following five localities have been surveyed by inter­ community life schedules were canvassed. The main viewing ten individuals per locality.

Locality Neighbouhood

1. Muslims Locality 1. Juma Masjid 2. Scheduled Caste Locality 1. Mukane colony 3. Scheduled Tribe locality 1. Mahadeo Mandir 2. Gorwadi 4. Buddha locality 1. Buddha Wada 5. Mixed locality 1. Dam Ali (Lane) 2. Koli Wada

Muslim Locality : of six persons, four are muslims and two are Hindus.

This locality covers Juma masjid (Muslim reli­ OUrs' (Muslim festival) is celebrated here in the gious persons) neighbourhood only. month of September. About 15 thousand people irre­ spective of caste and religion gather here from Jawhar Juma Masjid: and its neighbouring areas. Kawwali (type of song) programme is arranged on this day. Some heads of This neighbourhood is situated on western side the households alone or with their families visit the of Jawhar town. It is very near to famous Sadanand Dargah. They give contribution of RS.5 to 10. All the Maharaj Dargah. This old beautiful masjid is con­ interviewed persons, celebrate this festival with great structed nearly 400 years ago. People of muslim reli­ enthusiasm in the neighbourhood. The two Hindu re­ gion belonging to sunny sect stay in this neighbourhood spondents do not take part in other Muslim festivals. and they belong to Ghachi, Memon and Maniyar The Muslims do not go outside the neighbourhood to Communities. Their surnames are Chabukswar, Bhal­ celebrate any festivals. Among the Muslims only male dar, Kamavisdar and Sheikh. Six schedules were members visit the religious institutions to worShip, as canvassed among the inhabitants. Majority of the re­ females are not allowed to enter the Mosque. Houses spondents are Muslims. All the respondents have given in this neighbourhood are pucca but they are without identical location of this neighbourhood. The interview­ compound. However, small shops like pan-bidi, vege­ ees are mostly middle income group people, like tables, retail grocery shops are situated in this neigh­ drivers, shop keeper, farmer, gardener and vegetable bourhood. Muslim Madrassa is situated in this area, for seller. Out of six persons interviewed, 3 are literate teaching religious literature. No fees or any other upto matric and the remaining 3 are matriculate and charges are collected from the students. above. All of them belong to the age-group 35-59. Out

127 Scheduled Caste Locality: purchased from outside the living unit i.e. from Amblka chowk, Gandhi Chowk and main road area which are It covers only Mukane colony neighbourhood. very near to this locality. Video Centre is in very close proximity and is wholly utilised for entertainment by Mukane Colony: the residents. All of the respondents participate in Sadanand Maharaj's 'Urs' which is celebrated out side This neighbourhood is situated on the eastern the neighbourhood. side of the town and near by main road in ward nO.17. This neighbourhood is bounded on the western side Scheduled Tribe Locality: by fish market area, northern side by Ambika Chowk area and southern side by Koliwada area. This locality covers Mahadeo Mandir and Gar­ wadi neighbourhoods. The majority persons reside in Yashwantrao Mukane was the king of jawhar in this locality are of Mahadeo Koli and Varli communi­ 1938. He established a scheduled caste colony which ties. is known as 'Mukane colony'. Most of the households identify themselves by 'Mukane' surname, as they be­ Mahadeo Mandir long to Mukae village of Igatpuri tahsil in Nashik dis­ trict. They belong to Chambhar community. The tradi­ This neighbourhood is situated near Old Palace tional occupation of this community is chappal mak­ in ward No. 11. This neighbourhood is known as ing, shoe-making and its repairing. Now-a-days very 'Mahadeo Mandir' because of the famous 'God Ma­ few people are engaged in this job. Of the six respon­ hadeo's temple'. The main characteristic of this neigh­ dents, four belong to chambhar and two belong to bourhood is the dominance of Scheduled Tribe per­ Mahadeo Koli tribes. All have identified the neigh­ sons belonging to Mahadeo Koli and Varli communi­ bourhood in an identical manner. All belong to middle ties. All the eight respondents have identified their income group. They include printer, clerk, primary neighbourhood as Mahadeo Mandir. They belong to teacher, accountant, peon and police constable. Two the middle and lower middle income group. They interviewees belong to the age group 20-34, four are in include state transport driver, tahsildar, mechanic, forest the age group 35-59. All are literate- three are matricu­ officer, cook and agricultural labourers. The eight inter­ late and above and the remaining three are studied viewed persons belong to Mahadeo Koli, Brahmin, upto matric. The financial position of the persons in Maratha, Varfi and Teli communities. Five are literate this neighbourhood is good. Most of the persons are upto matric and three are matriculate and above. living here since their birth. As a community, they Houses are single storeyed, built with pucca material maintain good relationship with eacch other. Rajaram and good ventilation. Public lavatories, Street lightes P. Mukane, the high court advocate and Jawhar and electric connections are not provided to this neigh­ Congress (I) President is staying in this neighbourhood. bourhood. All houses are pucca constructed with burnt bricks and they are neat and clean. This neighbourhood has Cultural, and social activities are lacking in this an advantageous position of easy access to State neighbourhood. Only Mahashivratri fair is eclebrated in Transport Bus Stand, Market & School. this neighbourhood in the month of February, every year. On this occasion pooja and Kirtans are per­ Out of six interviewed persons, all celebrate Gane­ formed. Thousands of pilgrims from various parts of shotsav and Rohidas Jayanti in the neighbourhood. th~ district gather here to celebrate Mahashivratri fair. They contribute Rs. 5 to 10 for the celebrations. All the All the respondents celebrate Mahashiivratri inside the family members of these respondents are attending neighbourhood contributing Rs,S to 10. Generally the the various proogrammes arranged on these occa­ residents of this neighbourhood do not go out side the sions. It was found that most of the commodities are neighbourhood to celebrate any festival or fair. Only

128 two respondents go outside the neighbourhood to Buddha wada celebrate Ganeshotsav and Dassara. They also con­ tribute Rs. 10 each for this purpose. One primary This neighbourhood is situated on the eastern school is located in this neighbourhood. For higher side of the town in ward nO.4. Mostly these Buddhist education the students have to go outside the neIgh­ families converted from orig:nal Mahar families reside bourhood. Only one Kirana shop and one dispensary in this neighbourhood. They belong to the sect Nav­ is located in this neighbourhood. Baudha. Of the eight persons interviewed six are Bud­ dhists and two are Hindus. They are working as ward Gorwadi boy, construction worker, peon, educational officer, cultivator, packer, clerrk, and forest officer. Two be­ This neighbourhood is situated in the north-ea ... • long to the age-group 20-34 and six belong to the age­ corner of the town in ward no. S on the side of Nashik group 35-59. All are literate -S are below matric and Road. Econimically low income group families of Gar, three are matric and above. Most of the houses are Mahadeo Kali, and Varli reside in this neighbourhood built with pucca material and they are with compound. from generations. Of the six persons interviewed, three Important characteristics such as Yashwant Sahakari are Varli, two are Mahadeo Koli and one is a Katkari. Vachanalaya (Library), General hospital and tahsil of­ All belong to economically weaker section. They are fice are situated in this neighbourhood. Educational working as agricultural labourer, construction worker, and transportation facilities are available. Six of the postman etc. Two respondents belong to the age 20- respondents celebrate Buddha Jayanti and Ambedkar 34 and 4 belong to the age-group 35-59. Most of the Jayanti inside the neighbourhood. They give contribu­ houses in this neighbourhood are built with kaccha tion of Rs.S to 10. Two Hindu respondents go outside material and they are very small and without com­ the neighbourhood to celebrate Dassara festival in the pound. Educational, Medical and Recreational facilities month of November. They contribute Rs. 10 each for are not available in this neighbourhood. The entire the celebrations. neighbourhood depends on the Panchayat Samiti ward predominantly for required amenities. People have to Mixed Locality go outside the neighbourhood to purchase their daily requirements. This locality covers Dam Ali (Lane) and Koliwada neighbourhoods. Respondents of Gorwadi neighbourhood had not reported any social and cultural activity inside the Dam Ali (Lane) neighbourhood at the time of the survey but only reli­ gious function, i.e. Ganesh festival is celebrated by This neighbourhood is situated on the western them in the month of August. Only four of the inter­ side of Jawhar town in ward no. 12. It is very near to viewed persons reported having celebrated Ganeshot­ State Transport Bus Stand. The important characteris­ sav in the neighbourhood. Mahadeo temple is very tic of the neighbourhood is the old dam constructed near to this neighbourhood, therfore, people of this by the king of erstwhile Jawhar state (Sansthan) 200 area are performing pooja in this temple. Two of the years ago to the Jawhar dewellers for drinking water. respondents belong to Mahadeo Koli and Varli tribes Therefore this neighbourhood is known as 'Dam Ali go outside the neighbourhood to participate in the (Lane)'. Eight respindents were interviewed from this Navaratra Utsav celebrations. neighbourhood at the time of survey. Two belong to Mahadeo Kol, three are Varli, one is a Kokna, one is a Buddha Locality Maratha and the remaining one is a Lohar. Three are illiterate, four are studied upto matric and one is a This locality covers Buddha wada neighbourhood matriculate. The respondents are working as primary only. teacher, construction worker, carpenter, peon and

129 police constable. Three are non-workers. Most of the not reported any social and cultural activities in the residents are living here since birth and few others are neighbourhood. Of the eight respondents four reported residing since 10-15 years. The respondents of Dam having celebrated Mahashivratri in the month of Feb­ Ali (Lane) have not reported any social and cultural ruary at the Khandoba Mandir in this neighbourhood. activity inside the neighbourhood. Only religiou:> func­ Mahadeo Kalis are managing this festival. They usually tion i.e. Geneshotsav is celebrated by them in the purchase the goods from nearby localities such as month of August. All of them participate in Ganesh Ambika Chowk, main road and ST stand area. For pooja and Kirtan. Three of the respondents reported medical treatment they have to visit the municipal having celebrated Gabeshotsav and Navaratra utsav hospital. Highschool and primary school are 1 km. outside the neighbourhood. They contribute As. 10 away from this neighbourhood. Hanuman point, holi­ each for the celebration. day camp, Govt.· Rest house, Jay Vilas Palace and Shivaji Udyan are located near this neighbourhood. Only small shope like pan-bidi, grocery etc. are People are also going outside the neighbourhood to located in this neighbourhood. Educational, medical celebrate Dussara and Sadanand Maharaj's urs. Four and recreational facilities are not available. For these respondents go outside the neighbourhood to take requirement they have to depend nearby State Trans­ part in the Ganeshotsav procession. They include a port Bus Stand area. peon, a sweeper, a lineman and a civil engineer. They are giving contribution of Rs. 5 to 10 and perform Koli Wada pooja with their families.

This neighbourhood is just like a slum area. It is Cultural, religious, Social, Economic and other a hilly area located on the eastern side of the town in activities inside/outside neighbourhood ward no. 19. Mostly Mahadeo Kali families reside in this neighbourhood. In addition to these families The social and economic life of most of the Chambhar, Bhangi, Pardhi, Maratha and Varli families people is confined to the area in which they live. are also residing here. Of the eight interviewed per­ sons, one is a Maratha, two are Mahadeo Kalis, one is Formal education and training playa very impor­ a Bhangi, one is a Pard hi, two are chambhars and the tant role in the determination of one's position in social remaining one is a Varli. They are working as peon, structure. Higher education enables a person to se­ clerk, sweeper, lineman watChman, ST controller, Civil cure an occupation/service of higher prestige and engineer and agricultural labourer. Among them one is consequently a higher social status. It has been ob­ an illiterate, four are literate upto Matric and three are served that, respondents from different localities give matriculate and above. Of the eight respondents two maximum education to their relatives either in the are in the age-group 20-34, six are in the age group neighbourhood or outside the neighbourhood also. 35-59. The persons interviewed from this neighbourhood have a feeling that this part of the town is neglected by Playing games, past time hobbies and other the administration. The improvement of the roads and various types of pleasurable pursuits are the recrea­ extension of water pipe connections are the main tional activities. Recreational places like parks, play demands of the people. Persons of this neighbourhood grounds, Libraries, clubs etc. are available in different are working as clerks, peons, agricultural labourers, localities of the town. But none of these facilities are sweepers, watchman etc. Houses in this neighbourhood available inthe selected neighbourhoods. Park is the are small and made of mud and stone. They are sepa­ main source of recreation for the people of different rate but without compound. There is no proper venti­ age groups and sex. Children play in park as well as lation in the houses. in playground. Very few people visit library in their leisure time. Women usually spend their leisure time in Respondents of Koliwada neighbourhood had attending kirtans and bhajans.

130 In order to know the degree of self sufficiency of Mahadeo Mandir, Vithal Mandir and Khandoba the neighbourhoods information regarding purchase of mandir attract thousands of people from various places grocery, vegetables, f1ish, meat, cloth, stationery and outside the town. One of the ancient and most impor­ toilet good was collected from all the respondents of tant temple/Dargah is Sadanand Maharaj, which is different localities. dedicated to the great saint Sadanand Maharaj, Urs is celebrated in this dargah. Most of the persons interviewed from the neigh­ bourhoods have stated that all the members of their Dispersal of temples in various localities of the households participate in the annual festivals cele­ town presided over by different deities, present a brated in the religious institutions of their localities. unique combination of cultural and religious senti­ Some of the heads of the households alone or with ments of the people. their families visit the religious institutions located even outside the locality. People, though they belong to Most of the persons living in different location different religions or their economic status may be buy their goods from Ambika Chowk area which re­ different, participate in the functions by giving money veals that none of the neighbourhoods are self suffi­ or taking part individually. Among ihe Muslims, only cient and they have to depend upon other localities of male members visit the religious institutions and the town for their existence. The character of neigh­ monuments such as Juma Masjid and Sadanand Ma­ bourhood also varies with the economic status of its haraj Dargah. They are celebrating Urs, Id-e-Milad, people. Muharram and Ramzanz (Id-UI-Fitre). Among the Hin­ dus all members of their families visit to the religious Of the five localities and seven neighbourhoodf, institutions even outside the locality. All people, irre­ discussed above, Scheduled tribe locality and mixed spective of religious affiliation, participate and witness locality have 2 neighbourhoods each. As per our ob­ the various programmes performed outside the temple servations, Scheduled caste locality with Mukane col­ or mosque. ony neighbourhood is one of the best localities in the There is only one Cinema talkies in the town, but town. As mentioned above, this locality has an advan­ now it is closed. There are 4 video centres in the town. tageous position having easy access for econimic, Library, reading room, play ground and some social educational, medical, professional, transport & com­ clubs are in the town, utilised by many people. munications, storage and purchase requirements. People of this neighbourhood are very co-operative and they As mentioned earlier Tahsil Office, Veterinary maintain good relationship with each other. Though dispensary, Mahadeo temple, General Hospital, Li­ the people of the neighbourhood belong to scheduled brary, play ground, Video Centres, Kindergaren, Pri­ caste community, they have made remarkable prog­ mary school, High school, Daily Market, Vegetarian ress in economic, educational and social life. The other and non-vegetarian hotels, Private Clinics, S.T.Depot four localities Le., Muslim, Scheduled tribe, Buddha are located in 3 neighbourhoods i.e. Mahadeo Mandir, and Mixed with six neighbourhoods i.e. Juma Masjid, Buddha Wada and Mukane colony. The annual festi­ Mahadeo Mandir, Gorwadi, Buddha Wada, Dam Ali vals are celebrated in Mahadeo Mandir. The other 3 (Lane) and Koliwada cannot be considered as inde­ localities with 4 neighbourhoods can not be consid­ pendent neighbourhoods. They are inter-dependent ered of any religious affiliation but they participate and upon each other for economic, educational medical, witness the various programmes performed outside professional and other requirements. the temple or mosque.

131 CHAPTER VIII

FAMILY LIFE IN THE TOWN

The pattern of urban family is definable from the towns (Maharashtra State Urban) it is 5.29 and for rural family. Urban family is characterised by its small Jawhar town it is 4.62. As per 1971 Census the corre­ size, changed functions and manner of interactions sponding figures are 5.34 for State, 5.02 for all towns among its members. In this chapter the data collected (Maharashtra State Urban) and 4.96 for Jawhar town. through field investigation on the family life of Jawhar The family (household) size as compared to the State town is presented by an analysis of its composition, and State urban, it could be seen that Jawhar town the nature of relationship and interaction among its has small family size. Reasons for small family size in members, and wiht those gone outside their home to the town may be attributed by mentioning some tan­ distant places insearch of employmnent or education gible factors as (i) Practice of Family Planning meas­ etc. Moreover, linkage with other places is a:50 dealt ures, (ii) members of certain households stay outside with in this chapter. All these factors cobinely illustrate on the grounds of employment, education and (iii) family life in the town. breaking down the traditional joint family system on account of social changes. Among the 8 municipal Majority of the households in the town consist of towns in the district, Jawhar town occupies 7th place single married couple with unmarried children. The in terms of family size i.e. 4.62. The average size of the number of persons in most of the families is not very households in the respective wards of the town with high. According to 1981 Census, the average size of a reference to the results of 1981 Census is given below household in Maharashtra State is 5.37 and for all (V11I-1).

Statement VIII - 1

Ward wise average number of persons per household in the town (1981 Census)

SI.No No.of Population Average No.of persons households per household

2 3 4 5

1. Gorwadi 48 259 5.40 2. Panchayat Samiti 52 290 5.58

3. Mah~ilaxmi Mandir 54 245 4.54 4. Buddhawada 84 387 4.61 5. Nawapada 68 313 4.60 6. Sadanand Maharaj Chowk 50 248 4.96 7. Sonar ali 78 351 4.50 8. Gandhi Chowk 74 376 5.08 9. Ram Mandir 114 457 4.01 10. Nehru Chowk 72 333 4.63

132 Statement VIII - 1 (Contd) 1 2 3 4 5

11. Mahadeo Temple 97 398 4.10 12. Vishnu Mandir 143 582 4.07 13. Vitthal Mandk 101 424 4.20 14. S.T.Stand area 135 559 4.14 15. Lokmanya Tilak Chowk 44 234 5.32 16. Ambika Chowk 41 267 6.51 17. Mukane Colony 39 241 6.18 18. Fish Market area 64 324 5.06 19. Koli wada 70 3:5 4.50 , 20. Mangel wada 99 452 4.57

Total 1,527 7,055 4.62

Considering the average number of persons per between 5.06 and 5.58 and in the remaining 2 wards household in the various wards, It is found that the it is from 6.18 to 6.51. The Census data do not provide average size of a household Is the smallest in ward No. a comprehensive picture about the family life of the g with 4.01 and the highest size Is In ward no. 16 with town, but the sample households selected for this 6.51. Among the 20 wards the average size of house­ survey provide a comprehensive picture about the hold in 13 wards varies from 4.01 to 4.96, in 5 wards family life of the town as below (V11I-2).

Statement VIII-2

Religionwise number of persons per household (Survey data)

Religion No.of households Population Persons per household

2 3 4

Hindu 202 951 4.71 Muslim 36 207 5.75 Buddhist 8 40 5.00 Christian 5 5.00 Jain 1 1.00 Sikh 3 3.00 Zoroastrian 1.00

Total 250 1,208 4.83

133 Altogether 250 households comprising 1,208 Households by relationship of members with Head persons consisting of 605 males and 603 females were of Household covered by the special survey. The average number of persons in a household as revealed by survey is 4.83. According to survey data it is found that the Among the two major religions, the family siLe of family system in the town is very complicated. The Hindu households (4.71) is smaller than the Muslim classification of households by nature of relation of households (5.75). The household size of Muslim is members to head of household and migration status of 5.75, which is slightly higher than the 1981 Census head of household is given below (Statement VIII-3). State Urban (5.29) and the district urban (4.87).

Statement VIII-3

Distribution of households by nature of relation of members to head of household and migration status of head of household (Survey data)

Nature of relation of members Number of Households Percentage to to head of household total no.of Non-migrant Migrant Total households

2 3 4 5

1. Self 5 18 23 9.20

2. Self and spouse 6 11 17 6.80

3. Self, Spouse, unmarried sons 38 90 128 51.20 and daughters

4. Self, spouse, married son 15 6 21 8.40 and son's wife with or without unmarried sons and daughters

5. Self, spouse, married brother, 3 3 1.20 brother's wife, with/without unmarried sons or daughters

6. Self, 'spouse, married 9 8 17 6.80 brother, brother's wife, married son, son's wife with/without unmarried sons/daughters

7. Self (male), unmarried son/ 2 2 0.80 daughter

134 Statement VIII - 3 (Contd)

2 3 4 5

8. Self (female), unmarried 3 3 6 2.40 son/daughter 9. Self, souse with or without 4 4 8 3.20 unmarried son/daughter and widowed father 10. Self, spouse with or without 7 8 15 6.00 unmarried son/daughter and widowed mother 11. Self (male), unmarried 0.40 brother/sister 12. Others 5 4 9 3.60

Total 98 152 250 100.00

The largest group consisting of 128 households Households by number of members (51.20%) of the total households, come under the composition of self, spouse with unmarried sons and As already mentioned Census data do not pro­ daughters. The second largest group with 23 housh­ vide a comprehensive picture about the family life of olds falls under the type of only self (9.20%). The third town. So, an attempt is made by giving below the category with 21 households (8.40%) come under self, analysis of family size, based on the schedules can­ spouse, married son and son's wife with/without vassed for this special study. unmarried children and other categories have also a little percentages which are given in the above state­ Altogether 250 households were selected for the ment. By migration status, number of migrant house­ town study. The classification of these sample house­ holds are larger in some cases than that of non-mi­ holds by seven criteria with reference to number of grants. In both cases family composition of majority of members in each household and age of the head of the households consists of self, self and spouse, self, the household is given in the following statement spouse, unmarried sons and daughters etc. (V1II-4).

135 Statement VIII-4

Distribution of Households by number of members and age of head of household (Survey data)

Age of head of Number of households having members Percentage household Single 2 3 4-5 6-7 8-9 10+ Total

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Below 20 0.40 20 - 29 7 7 6 13 2 2 37 14.80 30 - 39 4 2 10 30 23 3 73 29.20 40 - 49 5 6 6 27 20 5 3 72 28.80 50 - 59 4 7 7 14 4 3 40 16.00 60+ 3 3 5 5 6 4 27 10.80 Unspecified

Total 23 26 30 89 51 20 11 250 100.00

It may be seen from the above statement that 89 households (14.80%) are having their heads in the households consist of 4-5 members each, 51 house­ age-group 20-29. 27 households (10.80%) are con­ holds consist of 6-7 members each, while 30 house­ trolled by persons belonging to 60+ age-group. holds and 26 households have 3 and 2 members each respectively. On the higher side as many as 20 house­ It may be seen from the statement (V1II-5) given holds have 8-9 members and 11 households have 10+ below that a large number of households have adult members. On the revers side there are 23 households males and females with minor males/females. Children with single members. There is only 1 household (0.40%) upto 14 years have been treated as minor and above whose head is below 20 years of age. Majority of the 15 years as adult for the purpose of this study. The heads of households Le. 73 (29.20%) belong to age­ statement also confirms that more families fall in the group 40-49. However, 40 households (16.00%) are sirnple nuclear type-wife, husband and their unmarried managed by persons in the age-group of 50-59. 37 children.

136 Statement VIII-5

Composition of Sample households by age and s~x of members (Survey data)

Composition of sample household by age sex of members No.of households

2

Adult males and females and minor males and females 169 M~~~~~~~ U Adult males only 19 Adult females only 9 Adult males and minor males or females 2 Adult females and minor males or females 4

Total 250

Type of households and its correlates to type by nature of family is presented in the following statement (V1I1-6). The distribution of sample households according

Statement VIII - 6

Distribution of the sample households by type (Survey data)

Type of household No.of Percentage households

2 3

1. Nuclear 145 58.00 2. Supplemented nuclear 15 6.00 3. Sub-nuclear 13 5.20 4. Single Person 23 9.20 5. Supplemented sub-nuclear 6 2.40 6. Collateral Joint 7 2.80 7. Supplemented Collateral joint 6 2.40 8. Lineal joint 23 9.20 9. Supplemented lineal joint 1 0.40 10. Lineal Collateral_ioint. 5 2.00 11. Supplemented lineal collateral joint 1 0.40 12. Others 5 2.00

Total 250 100.00

137 The above statement shows that out of 250 supplemented nuclear, sub-nuclear and supplemented sample households, 145 households (58.00%) belong sub-nuclear family system respectively, and the rest 23 to the nuclear family. It is following by single person (9.2.0%) are single member households. Apart from family with 23 households (9.20%) and lineal joint these, there are 5 (2.00%) households shown as 'Others' family with 23 households (9.20%). The third position which can not be accommodated under any category is of supplemented nuclear family with 15 households of families as they consist of members of an ad­ (6.00%), 13 households (5.20%) belong to sub-nuclear mixture of different relationships. family and only 7 households (2.80%) are collateral joint families. The survey data further shows that the nuclear family system is common among the households of all More than half of the households of the town religions, except households of Jain and Zoroastrian, follow the nuclear family system. Many couples after which are single member households, of the total marriage prefer to lead an independent life of their households studied. Joint family system is followed by own. In the case of migrants usually the head of the the households belonging to Buddhist, Hindu and household on getting married, sets up a new house­ Muslim religion. 25.00 per cent of the Muslim house­ hold which accounts for more nuclear families among holds follow joint family system, whereas 14.52 per them. The joint family system is found in the town cent of other than SC/ST, Hindu households an having among all communities. jOint family system. Among the SC and ST households with joint families, percentages are 28.57 and 17.19 re­ Classification of Sample households by type and spectively. There is one Buddhist household having religion joint family. It may further be mentioned that of the 124 sample Hindu households, 71 (57.26%) households The classification of sample households by type follow the nuclear family system. and religion is as under (V11I-7). CompOSition by Country, State, Religion, Caste, The above statement indicates indicates that Language majority of households i.e. 145 (58.00%) belong to nuclear family followed by joint family system by 43 The distribution of households (covered by the (17.20%) households of the total households in which special survey) by migration status and place of birth the study was conducted. Among the other house­ of head of the household is given in the following holds, 15 (6.00%), 13 (5.20%) and 6 (2.40%) follow the statement (V1II-8)

138 .r. ~ U:)

I Vl '':; c: 0 n:l .r. += Vl () n:l c: 0 I :g, n:l c: 0 n:l Q).._ .._ '':; 0 ...... 0 N Vl Vl Ol c: (II 0 I: -... Q) '(ij (II .0 "0 "") >- '0 Q) '0 .r. .._> Q) ::l Vl 1ii C/) ::l :c ,.,.. ,.,...... 0 '0 .r. '0 t: ::l ,2 -0 III ,21 '0 Qj n:l .._ Q) ,5 .r. CD 0 C') C') C\J C\J 10 «) '0 Q) en C') t: .r. ::l C\J (II ..... ::2: Q) ....Q) ,.,.. c. Q) >- .r. I ..!. ... ::l >- ~ Q) ,.,.. :;: .0 Vl .0 10 OJ C\I «) ' '0 '0 (5 .r. C/) E Q) Q) .s::. Vl .... Q) ::l I Q) 1'0 1/1 0 ::l ::l 1ii .... ::l .r. '0 '- ::l ::l ::l c: ::l '0 ::l c:: ::l c: ::l C: 0 I- Z C/) C/) U:) C/) () C/) :J C/) :J C/) 0 ::l I-

139 Statement VIII - 8

Households by place of birth if head of the households (Survey data)

Place of birth of heads NO.of households Percentage of households Rural Urban Total

2 3 4 5

A Jawhar (Non-migrant) 98 98 39.20

B. Outside Jawhar (Migrant) 103 49 152 60.80

I. Born outside the town but 37 6 43 17.20 within the district

II. Born within the State but 49 37 86 34.40 in other district

Dhule 9 4 13 5.20

Nashik 16 9 25 10.00

Jalgaon 4 4 8 3.20

Nanded 2 0.80

Amravati 2 0.80

Kolhapur 2 0.80

Bhandara 0.40

Osmanabad 0.40

Akola 2 2 4 1.60

Gr. Bombay 4 4 1.60

Raigarh t 0.40

Yavatmal 1 0.40

Nagpur 2 0.80 Statement VIII - 8 (Contd)_

2 3 4 5

Ahmadnagar 3 2 5 2.00

Pune 4 5 2.00

Solapur 2 0.80

Aurangabad 0.40

Satara 4 4 1.60

Ratnagirl 3 3 1.20

Chandrapur

III. Other states 15 6 21 8.40

Goa 2 0.80

Gujarat 6 6 2.40

Uttar Pradesh 2 0.80

Bihar 0.40

Punjab 0.40

Rajasthan 2 0.80

West Bengal 0.40

Kerala 0.40

Karnataka 2 2 4 1.60

Madhya Pradesh 0.40

IV. Born outside the country 2 2 0.80 Pakistan Most of the heads of households are born in state. Of the 21 heads of the households born in other """hane district. Out of 250 heads of survey households, state, 15 are from rural areas and 6 are from urban 141 heads of the households (56.40%) i.e. more than areas. Only 2 heads of the households are born in rural half are born in Thane district, that is the district of enu­ areas of the neighbouring country. meration, while the remaining wiht a lone exception are from other districts and states. The migrants, from According to classification of the sample house­ adjacent districts of Dhule and Nashik are more in holds by religion, 202 households profess Hindu reli­ Jawhar town than the other districts in the state. 25 gion with 475 males and 476 females. There are 36 heads of households (10%) belong to Nashik district households belonging to Muslim religion with 104 13 heads of households (5.20%) are reported to be males and 103 females. In other words 80.80 per cent from Dhule district, and the remaining 48 heads of of the total sample households are of Hindus, 14.40 households (19.20%) of the sample households are per cent are of Muslims, 3.20 per cent are of Buddhists reported to have come from other neighbouring dis­ and the remaining 1.60 per cent are of Sikhs, Chris­ tricts of the state. 21 heads of households (8.40%) are tians, Jains and Zoroastrians combined together. born in other states i.e. 6 heads of households (2.40%) from Gujarat 4 (1.60%) from Karnataka, 2 each (0.80%) Hindus are more in the town. They belong to from Goa, Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan and 1 each various communities such as Agri, Bhoi, Brahmin, (0.40%) from Bihar, Punjab, West, Bengal, Kerala and Beldar, B~ andari, Sali, Thakur, Shimpi, Ahuja, Gujarati­ Madhya Pradesh. Only 2 (0.80%) heads of households Vaishya, Ezhava, Karwari, Kumbhar, Sarswat, Kasar, . belong to neighbouring country i.e. Pakistan. Lohar, Maratha, Mali, Nhavi, Prajapati, Parit, Sonar, Teli, Wani, Vanjari. Muslims in the town belong to sunni The place of birth of 141 heads of the households sect. Christian households belong to Roman Catholics is in Thane district. Out of these, 37 belong to rural and Jain belongs to Swetamber. The distribution of areas and 104 from urban areas. Heads of 86 house­ 250 sample households by population and mother holds consisting of 49 and 37 are from rural and urban tong'ue is as follows (VII 1-9). areas respectively and are born in other districts of the

Statement VIII - 9

Distribution of Sample households and population by mother tongue (Survey data)

Mother tongue No.of Population Percentage of total households survey population

2 3 4

Marathi 196 918 75.99 Urdu 15 98 8.11 Hindi 17 87 7.20 Gujarati 11 62 5.13 Varli 4 21 1.74 Others (Kannada, Malayalam, 7 22 1.83 Sindhi,Ahirani,Punjabi etc.)

Total 250 1,208 100.00

142 II) (.) c II) rn "0 .::£ ... OJ '(ij t'd II) E ... 0) "iii a: .!! '0 II) (.) + CIS o co a. o o 0) l!) -o (.) 8 c:: c ,~ "0 ~ ~ "0 0) J: "2 3: CIS o co "0c:: ~ t'd C 0) ::::J 'D E 'en E :; o o (,) ... c::Ol g o .~ ~ C\I OJ II) C\I .0 ti .... ';: o ~ ""'''0 t'd ,..o o (5 rJ) .... rJ) II) J: 0)"0 "iii :l: C CIS ::::J "E Sf (,) 0 O)~ "OJ: E rn c g OJ CI) .~5 _ J: .... - ;'0 E _ I E C "0 CI) ,2 m .l2 0 CIS ,21 J: 0)"0 - rJ) en Qj­ m ... 0 _gJ: >- ;: 0 rJ) .a rJ) CI) ~ 0) ~ "0 15 g ... co '(ij ..c: 0) o 0)"0 o "S l!) o ~ 'en o ~ CI c J: ti ':;' 0.21 CIS ~o "iii .D 0) CI)... E (.) co CIS za.:::l t'd I!! II) .0 .... rJ) E 0)"0 II) .Dc E E ..c: :::l 0) ll) o ~ Z ~ OJ 's IJ) ~ ~_g ti CI) 1-0 III a o "0 .... J: IJ) .ct'd 3: "5 .D rJ) cu "0 ... "0 III 0) E 0) c:: "0 .c t'd :c .c '0 t'd (.) ..c: t'd J: ..c: (5 () (5 co m J: en > II) o::::J J:

143 ,...

LO ,.... C') C') C\I

,... ,....C')

C') o co ,... C')

,... ,... C') ,... ,... C\I C') C\I C\I C\I C\I V ,...V ...... co,... C\I ,... --0c: 0 ~ 0,...... It! .;:: I .... J::.... ~ '0. .... :J It! ~ ~ It! .~ It! E It! It! ::.:. 'c '2"' c - J:: e .... .CU' '5' C It! It! 1ii .!l! c: N It! ~ It! J:: .... :c J:: 0 Q) J:: Ql (/) (/) (/) E :c en W ~ ~ Z a.. ~ I-- I-- ~ ~ 'tI .t:- E ~ c 'tI Q) :s .; :s ..c 0:) U CO ~ to r..: 0:) a) 0 CIi C':i ..t ..n to r-.: :s '") IX! 0 W CIi C':i ..t ..n I--

144 01 o C') o ~ o ci =oC'll ex) o ~ C\I 0.. ~_

0> M C\I

,...o

M o al- ca Q).... e C'Il .... -0 "iii :; t5 o en 01 !: , .... l E "0 .e:I E .e: 01 .... :::s ,.._to ...... C\I .D E z:::s ..... C\I

~ ?; .::.:..... Q) o (.) ~ "~ !: o (/) Z .... I() o 6

145 The mother tongue of the majority people in the than,· 1 year constitute 7.95 per cent, 37,24 per cent town is Marathi with 75.99 percent of the members in have their stay outside for a peiod from 5-9 years, the sample households. Next to Marathi, Urdu is the 23.01 per cent for the period from 10-19 years and the mother tongue of the second larges section of the remaining 19.67 per cent have been away from Heads people (8.11 %) in the town. There are, however, people of households for more thean 20 years. Particulars of in the town with other mother tongues such as Hindi, the family members staying outside by nature of occu­ Gujarati, Varli, Kannada, Malayalam, Sind hi, Ahirani, pation and relationship with the head of household are Punjabi etc. The percentage of this group of people is given in the Statement below (V1II-l1). 15.90. Out of 239 members, majority are staying outside Members staying outside-Reason, Nature of link the town for employment purpose. In other cases the with the household (Survey data) reasons specifically attributed for staying outside in order are old age, cultivation, study, looking after the Out of 250 households covered by this special property. In very few cases their stay outside the town study, close family members of 118 households are is for the purpose of business and separation. The rea­ staying outside the town. The details of the distribution sons for their stay outside the town are indicated in the of households whose family members are staying following Statement (V11I-12) outside, by religion, Caste/Tribe/Community and dis­ tance of place of last residence of heads of house­ Statement VIII-12 holds are given in the following statement (V1I1-10). Particulars of members stayiing outside by Of these, 95 are Hindu households (including reason (Survey data) SCjST households) 14 are Muslim, 7 are Buddhist and one each household belongs to Jain and Christian. Particulars of reason No.of members Among these 118 households, whose close relations are staying outside 38 are the natives of the town itself, 2 13 have come to stay in the town from a place within a distance of 50 or below 50 kms. The last residence For Study 38 of 60 households was at a distance of 51,500 kms. Employment purpose 94 Only 7 households had come from places located at a Looking after the property 18 distance of 500 kms. and above. Business 2 As far as the number and relationship of the Separation 3 members with the heads of households staying out­ Old age 46 side are concerned, it is noticed that out of the 239 Cultivation 38 persons, 51 are related to head of the household as father, 76 as mother, 44 as son, 12 as daughter, 31 as Total 239 brother, 11 as sister, 4 as husband, 9 as wife and 1 as brother's wife. Oirt of the 239 persons related to the Remittance Head of the households, 10.46 per cent belong to 0- 14 age-group and 63.18 per cent are in the age-group Out of the 239 members of the sample house­ 15-59. The percentage of persons who belong to the holds, who are staying outside, 69 do not send money age group 60 and above constitute 26.36 per cent. As to their relatives at home. 47 members send amount to far as the duration of residence outside is concerned, their relatives staying in the town. Remittance sent by the persons who have been outside the town for less these absentee members are as under.

146 Statement VIII-13

Remittance sent by the absente family members (Survey data)

Range of average annual amount NO.of absentee Percentage of of remittance sent by the family members members sending absentee family members remittances

2 3

Less than Rs. 200/- 23 48.94 Rs.201 - 400 14 29.79 Rs.401 - 600 5 10.64 Rs.501 - 1000 3 6.38 More than Rs. 1000 2 4.25

Total 47 100.00

Remaining 123 members staying away receive ground, it may be pointed out that when a member of money from the relatives living in the town. There is, an affluent family is working outside the town, he need however, no direct relation between the income group not send any remittance at home and therfore, the members and the proportion of money sent to their money he gets is utilized for his own maintenance or relatives. While the lowest income group members, saved. Father, son, husband, daughter and brother are have sent some money to their relatives, the members the nearest relatives from whom remittances are gen­ in higher income group like doctors, physicians, direc­ erally received by the households. Among different tors, managers etc. did not sent any money to their categories of kins, sons are sending higher remit­ relatives. From this, it is clear that the remittance sent tances to their relations at home. Next in order are the by the employed members is not in relation to the members related as husbands, who send higher remit­ income of a person but it depends on the back-ground tances to their relatives at home as compared to other and the nature of their relationship and contacts with kins. their home. While considering the economic back-

147 CHAPTER - IX

HOUSING AND MATERIAL CULTURE

The study of housing conditions and material culture provides sample indices to guage the degree constructed in conical shape. The houses are scat­ of urbanisation. The pattern of housing, the degree of tered in the town and typical houses have their own independency of these houses, the intricacies of hous­ compound. Compared to other towns of Maharastra ing problems wiht reference to health and sanitation, the houses in Jawgar town are neat and clean. In the environmental set up against these houses, the Scheduled Caste locality, that is Mukane colony, the pattern of settlement of different ethnic groups within houses are adjacent to each other. In Sonarali and a defined area described in this chapter, would enanle Muslim localities the buildings are constructed in rows the reader to make some inferences about the inten­ on each side of the street. sity of urbanisation. Out of 250 sample households canvassed for the According to the houselist prepared in 1980 in study, 32 households are living in separate house with connection with the 1981 Census there are altogether compound, 213 in separate houses without compound 1459 occupied residential houses in Jawhar town are and 5 in multi-floor housing units. The following state­ in the same pattern as those of Konkan region of ment (IX-1) gives the distribution of selected houses by Maharashtra. Due to heavy rainfall in Jawhar they are types and locality.

Statement IX-1

Distribution of selected houses by type and locality (Survey data)

Locality Separate house Separate house NO.of households with compound without in multi Storeyed compound housing units

2 3 4

1. Scheduled Tribe 11 59 2. Scheduled Caste 6 3. Muslim 24 4. Sonar aU 11 5. Buddhawada 2 15 6. Panchayat Samiti 1 8 7. Mixed 15 90 5

Total 250 32 213 5 It is seen from the above statement that, 15 and Survey data on housing 90 households of mixed locality live in separate house with compound and separate house without com­ In Jawhar town according to our observations pound respectively. Next to mexed locality, Scheduled and available survey data on housing (statement IX-2) tribe locality with 11 and 59 households stay in 64.40 percent of the total houses have pucca walls separate houses with compound and without com­ built with burnt bricks and cement and remaining 35.60 pound respectively. In the selected sample households per cent have kuccha walls built with clay, bamboo only 5 households stay in multi storeyed units. and unburbnt bricks. As far as the material of th roof is concerned, about 71.20 per cent of the houses are House Type of Mangalore tiles and remaining houses are roofed with metal sheets (tin,iron), acbestos, grass and leaves, The size of the house and the quality of materials ordiary tiles and bamboo. For flooring the houses used vary according to the financial capacity of the most of the people have used mud. The percentage of owner. Well-to-do people have constructed their houses mud floor is 53.60. The remaining 46.40 per cent by using black stones for foundation, ericks and cement houses used cement and stones, Shahabadi tiles etc. for walls and R.C.C for roofs. Most at the middle class Most of the residential houses do not present a spe­ people's houses are small but they have constructed cious look. The main door of the houses open either their houses by using bricks and cement for walls and towards the road or lanes. They have in many cases Mangalors tiles for roofs. Economically weaker section common walls and closed attachments with the neigh­ of the society live in huts with mud or clay walls and bouring houses. The houses with compound wall and roofed with paddy straws or grass. The roof is sup­ open space in front and back are very few. ported by wooden and bamboo pillars. Generally the houses of poor class people in the town have very low Statement below (IX-2) based on the survey data, foundation basement or none at al(' In the town, only gives the distribution of the houses by the predomi­ a few residential houses of modern type have concrete nant material of floor, wall and roof along with corre­ roofs. spondong percentages:-

Statement IX - 2

Sample households by predominant material of wall, roof and floor (Survey data)

Predominant Mateiral No. of Households Percentage

2 3

Wall

Total 250 100.00

Bricks & Cement 161 64.40 Clay & Bamboo 8 3.20 Mud & Bamboo 56 22.40 Bricks & Mud 21 8.40 Bricks & Clay 3 1.20 Stone & Mud 0.04

149 Statement IX - 2 (Contd.)

2 3

Roof

Total 250 100.00

Mangalore Tiles 178 71.20 Tin 12 4.80 Grass & Leaves 25 10.00 Ordinary tiles 16 6.40 Asbestos 9 3.60 R.C.C. 7 2.80 Wood & Bamboo 3 1.20

Floor

Total 250 100.00

Mud 134 53.60 Clay 15 6.00 Tiles 41 16.40 Mosaic Tiles 5 2.00 Stones 1 0.40 Cement 39 15.60 Shahabadi Tiles 13 5.20 Wood 2 0.08

It is seen from the above statement that all the number of persons and the the number of living rooms house with pucca walls, however, do not have pucca in a house is the factor for judging, whether the house roofs. The predQminant factor which determines the is overcrowded or not. house material is the econimic capacity of the house­ holds. According to 1981 Census, there were 1527 As per survey data households classified by number households (excluding institutional households) in the and number of rooms available is given in the following town with 7,055 population. The relation between the statement (IX-3).

150 Statement IX-3

Households classified by number of rooms available and persons living there in (Survey data)

Household Total no. of Total no. of Total no. of Average Percentage of having number households rooms persons persons household by of rooms per room number of rooms in the house.

2 3 4 5 6

1. Room 93 93 406 4.37 37.20

2. Rooms 77 154 338 2.19 30.80

3. Rooms 49 147 239 1.63 19.60

4. Rooms 19 76 120 1.58 7.60

5. Rooms 12 77 105 1.36 4.80

or more

Total 250 547 1208 2.21 100.00

The survey data shows that 1208 persons are with their predominant material availability of rooms occupying 547 rooms so that the average persons per etc. have been discussed in the preceding paragraphs. rooms is 2.21. 2.21 persons per room is satisfactory While constructing the house, the minimum space norm for good housing conditions in the town. But this required to accommodate all the members of that is not totally correct because it is observed from the family has not been taken into consideration by major­ above statement that number of persons per room are ity of the people, especially by poor class people. The substantially more in single room houses than in multi­ size of the building generally depends on the amount room houses. On an average 4.37 persons are living in that the house owner can afford for its construction one room Le. 37.20 per cent of total sample households Rich families have constructed big houses, even though are living in single room. 30.80 per cent households in the family size is less. two rooms, 19.60 per cent in three rooms, 7.60 per cent in four rooms and remaining 4.80 per cent households The following statement (IX-4) shows that aver­ are living in five or more rooms. age floor area available to each household according to floor area ranges. Construction of floor. area:

The types of houses, construction of houses along

151 Statement IX - 4

Household classified by per capita floor space (Survey data)

Item Per capita floor space (Sq.mts.)

2-3 4-5 6-9 10-15 16+ Total

2 3 4 5 6 7

No. of households 36 57 77 68 12 250 with percentage (14.40) (22.80) (30.80) (27.20) (4.80) (100.00) NO.ot member 136 270 338 359 105 1208

It is observed from the statement that 77 house­ Hou~ehlJld Amenities holds (30.80%) of the sample' households have 6-9 Sq.mts. per capita floor area foil wed by 68 households The basic necessities of human being are food, (27.20%) have floor area between 10-15 Sq. Mts, while clothing and shelter. While discussing the most impor­ 57 household (22.80%) have 4-5 Sq. mts. floor areas, tant item of housing, an over all description of th 36 households (14.40%) have 2-3 Sq.mts floor area. housing facilities is given first with a view to presenting Only 12 households (4.80%) with a total member of a broad picture of the houses in the town and then to 105 have 16 + Sq. mts floor area. It is also observed a detailed analysis of the problem on the basis of the from the table that the highest population is centered data collected in the survey. It may, however, be kept around 6-15 Sq.mts. area. Though the percentage is in view that the data collected for the purpose of the high for floor space between 6-9 Sq. mts. it is not pre­ report is a composite one. sumed that all these households are from rich cate­ gory. It is not possible to prescribe a unifermly and We, now take into consideration the vadous specufuc standard of accommodation for a person, as amenitieis available to the households in Jawhar town. it may call for variations from place to place. There is A modem house is not supposed to provide a mere also wide disparity between the per capita floor space shelter from rain and sun but give a healthy atmos­ required for poor and rich persons. Besides, their phere which would increase the efficiency of its in­ living conditions also differ. On the whole, however, mates and inspire them for activity. Provision or ab­ the per capita floor area accommodation in the town sence of various types of amenities in a house has a is satisfactory. In this connection, it may be worth profound influence on the life of its inmates. The Old nothing that the household needs per capita 3-5 Sq. Palace Chiplunkarwada and the Jay Vilas Palace in metres area as a standard unit of accommodation Jawhar is an indication of this. From the above statement we can say a good number of households posses satisfactory accommodation. With the improved means of communications, m,odern building materials such as iron, cement etc. In the previous paragraphs we have discussed are available in all parts of the town and beautiful the availability of per capita floor space per house­ buildings in modern fashion are coming up rapidly. hold. Now, we will discuss the amenities available to Some of the buildings are wholly or at least partly pro­ the households. vided with well ventilated bed room, Visiting room,

152 kitchen etc. Some of them have- cement while other products viz. decorative water proof cement, distem­ have mosaic floors. Bath rooms and latrines are gen­ pers, paints, plastic emulsions etc.These products with erally attached to the bed room. Being the embodi­ variety of colours at choice are being used for the ment of architectural skills, these buildings are magnifi­ covering of walls and other external surfaces of build­ cent in their appearance and comfortable to live in. ings. Traditionally, lime wahs was used to be given to the buildings in the town as lime and gum were readily The following statement (IX-5) gives the distribu­ available for use at cheaper rates. In recent years, sci­ tion of households by availablity of amenities. entific advancement has given rise to new class of

Statement IX • 5

Availability of amenities to the households (Survey data)

Amenity No. of households

Not having Having Amenity Having Amenity amenity separately combined

2 3 4

Kitchen 18 181 51 Bathroom 34 181 35 Lavatory *65 65 120 Tapwater 130 120 Electricity 47 137 66 '" Open space used

From the above statement it is noticed that about households wants these amenities to improve the 181 (72.40%) househods have separate kitchen and living standard". However, actual observation reveals separate bathroom facilities and 51 (20.40%) and 35 that only a few percentage of households possess (14.00%) have combined facility and othr 18 (7.20%) these amenities separately. and 34 (13.60%) have no facilities respectively. Like­ wise out 250 surveyed households, about 120 (48.00%) Tenural Status households have common latrines while 65 (26.00%) have separate latrines and the other 65 (26.00%) use The people of the town live either in their own open space to fulfill their needs. Regarding drinking houses or in rented houses and their is negligible water facilities 130 (52.00%) households have separate houseless population in the town according to the water connection and 120 (48.00%) have combined 1981 Census. In few cases, the houses are bigger in amenity. As far as electriCity is concerned, about 137 size and joint family system continues from generation (54.80%) households have separate connection, 66 to generation. However, the number of nuclear families (26,40%) share with others and 47 (18.80%) do not is on the rise. Reasons for the rise in nuclear families have this facility. These people use kerosene lamps. In need to be investigated, In general, it will be observed this connection M.S. Gore has mentioned that "every that, after the death of the parents, the hairs of family

153 prefer partititioning of the house. This has led to Steel cupboard and sofa-cum-bed wre found in the nuclear households within the same building structure. houses of middle and higher class people. Among the In some cases a portion of a house is given on rent to 250 households who were covered for this study in the other families. Nevertheless, the poor people whose town, most of themdo not have the essential items of houses are small in size and people who accommo­ furntirue in their houses. The details regarding furniture date more than one household in their house really feel . of the households is given in the following statement­ the pinch of accommodation problem. Each house­ IX.7 hold likes to have independent roof over the head but a considerable number of households cannot afford to Out of 250 households, only 194 (77.60%) have have independent houses due to financial difficulties to some furniture. As per survey data 160 (64.00%) house­ but land and materials. The following statement (IX-6) holds have chairs and 90 (36.00%) do not hav chairs shows the ten ural status of the surveyed households. at all. 116 (46.40%) households have tab/es, 46 (18.40%) households have divan, 139 (55.60%) households have Statement IX-6 cots,56(22.40%) households have steel cupboard. As per our observations, negligible per cent of the house­ Tenural status of the surveyed households: holds have sofa-cum-bed in their houses. (Survey data) From the infromation collected, cot is common Category No of housholds Percentage among the households in the town, and it shows majority of the households have ordinary furniture, 2 3 while some have costly furniture. In conclusion, we can say that apart from the healthy living conditions Owned 122 48.80 including proper drainage, sanitation and protected Rented 106 42.40 drinking water, almost all the people irrespective of Allotted 22 8.80 income are anxious to keep their houses well fur­ nished. Total 250 100.00 Utensils According to our survey data the percentage of households who live in owned houses is 48.80 per Almost all the households covered under the cent and of rented houses is 42.40 per cent and that survey belong to different communities. Irrespective of of allotted is 8.80 per cent. Allotted houses are mainly their occupation and economic status, utensils used for municipal employees for cooking nad serving purposes are made of alumin­ ium, stainless stell, copper, brass and earthenwares. In furniture: the case of cooking vessels the monopoly of earthon­ wares has been declining due to civilization and urban­ The type and number of furniture that the house­ isation and its place is being taken gradually by other holds possess is one of the tailing factors of their metal vessels, particularly by aluminium and stainless economic condition. Middle and higher class house­ steel. The details regarding utensils used in the house­ holds and a few poor class households possess the holds is given in the following statement, IX-8 furniture like chair, table, cot, newarcot and divan.

154 c Q) (5 "8 0 '

Q) 0 (/) C') .c== «I C') C/) U

, ~ .0 , C\I CO C\I C/)-5 E :::::I U C Q) '"2 "8 g.~ to CO 0 U.o ~ -S >- as 0 'C c.. e >. «I C\I '. ::::I Qi ~ Q) 0 .1:: 1.0 C') r-- to ... .0 T- to C\I ...... C (/) c.. C\I 1.0 ~ :::::I :::::I !2 U >. -Cl .g c: .... «I ...... 1/1 .~ ... 0 C') C\I C') 1.0 ..... :5! .c ==Q) U C') ~ 0 (/) Z .. .c "0 C III (5 Q) 1/1 .c E ::::I Q) 0 (/) Q) 0 e '

CIl "0 "0 "0 CIl ... Q) CIl Q) >- "5 "5 m ==CIl «I '0 '0 CI) .~ .... .c .c >- CI) (I) (I) u; CIl "0 U :-2 .1:: .c 8 .c 'iii c: '0 c E ~ iii U U CIl :::::I 0 :::::I «I .:!S U (/) .= (/) (.) ::2: (/) al a.. ~ :!!: (ij 0 ...0 ...J N C") o::i It) «) ,...: I--

155 Statement IX-8

Materials of which Utensils are made classifed by Religion/Caste/Tribe

Religion/SCjST Total no. Total Number of households where Total Number of households where of house- cooking utensils are made of utensils for serving food are made of holds

Aluminium Brass Steel Mud Aluminium Brass Steel Mud

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Hindu 202 125 112 92 3 54 50 164 a) Scheduled Caste 14 10 7 3 3 12 ~ b) Scheduled Tribe 64 51 25 21 2 36 23 38 c) Others 124 64 80 68 25 26 114

Muslim 36 31 11 15 18 9 25

Buddhist 8 8 4 2 4 2 7

Christian

Sikh 1

Jain

Zeroastrain

Total 250 166 129 112 4 88 63 199

Of the 250 households covered for this study, it less steel and 88 (35.20%) use aluminium 63 (25.20%) is noted that most of the people use aluminium vessles use brass plates and only 1 (0.40%) household use for cooking and scheduled tribe communities are main earthen plates. Now-a-days the use of stainless steel is among them. 166 (66.40%) households of the total increasing. We can say, normally rich and middle class surveyed hous~holds have aluminium vessels for cook­ households use stainless stell and brass and economi­ ing. However, 129 (51.60%) use brass vessels and 112 cally weaker class households use aluminium vessels (44.80%) households use stainless steel and only 4 and earthern pots. (1.60%) households use earthenwares for cooking pur­ poses. The above percentage shows that though earthen­ Luxury goods wares are cheap and the food cooked in it is tastier, majority are using metal vassels only. For serving The details of luxury and cosfr1y goods in the food, majority of the households use stainless steel, households are given in the following statement IX-9. brass and aluminium plates. 199 (79.60%) use stain-

156 , o II> E :5 lO o e.r::. (!) 0..

-~0..(.) lO CI) ::s -,-CD ....

, CD -o '0 .... (.) '0 0 o ~ ~ ~ -­

ex)

>­ :t:: c: lO ~ ctI C\I .2 u..

~ CD en 01 'C "0 '0 "i:: .c: u.. enII> o::::J o .c: II> .... .c: , CD en ~ ~ ex) ,.... lO ex) -c: c:01 ~ ::s 8 C') .c;:; a. (.) ... en en c: II> II> II> '8 en 6 .... ex) o en 0.. (.) CD lO E C) II> o ~~"E >- 0.. S en - ~ C') "0 ..... en o > C\I lO U o .-: 'C .r::. c: enCD CIS ::::l o .Q (j) lO ~ .r::. -g C\I lO ::::J )( a: '5 .2 o o ,.... C\I ex) z ..... lO o -CI) u c: II> en o o a.~ "

en >- en "0'0 t5"8 o c: o 0 .r::. (.) 01 , (ii'5 CD en en "0 lO o o '0 0 ::So C\I ,.... lO I- Z _g.r::. ,.... C\I

"0 Q) "5 ~.... ~ -g II> ctI -£:-2 .r::...c C c E (.) 'i:: o ctI ctI 001- 00 0..00 o:i cO

157 Of the 250 households studied, 192 (76.80%) shoulders with lace. On the head, women wear square have lUxury articles like fan, watch, radio, T.V. sets handkerchief or 'Odhani' (Scarf). Young muslim ladles etc., 58 (23.20%) do not have such things while 175 wear kameez and salvar or 5 metres saree and blouse. (70.00%) of the households have wrist watches, 108 While going outside the house most of the muslim (43.20%) have table clocks, 124 (49.60%) have radio ladies cover their body completely with a 'Pardah' sets, 51 (20.40%) have T.V. sets, 41 (16.40%) have (loose cloth sheet) and some others cover the head tape recordars, 38 (15.20%) households have pressure with their sarees. cookers, 8 (2.80%) have mixers and 3 (1.20%) have fridges. There are also households possessing sewing Shoes and Chappals are used by men and women machine, gramophone, sector, bicycle, jeep, truk etc. of all communities. Study findings suggest that young But they are of negligible percentage. Wrist watch and and educated ones have been influenced by the change radio are generally used by all groups. MOBtly well in fashion of dress. established families possess all types of luxury goods and enjoy the life of leisure and comfort. Ornaments: , Dress: Ornaments are widely considered by the people more as means for safe-keeping of savings, and for The dress of the people in the town is the same emergency uses, than for decoration or aids to beauty. as found elsewhere in the state. Different pattern of Hindus are keenly interested in the gold metal and Its dress are found among Hindus and Muslims. So far as ornaments. Especially Brahmin and Maratha women wear various kinds of gold ornaments. Muslim commu­ Hindus are concerned, male children of below 15 nities are also using the ornaments according to their years wear shirts and shorts (half pants) and female traditional system. Generally males belonging to all children frocks, parkar (Petticoat) and Polka (blouse). communities do not wear ornaments except, perhaps The men are seen in pants, bush shirts, dhotis (waist a ring in the finger. A thin gold chain around the neck cloth), shirts and caps or turbans (head scarf). Some is found among some boys and a few Hindu and young and old people prefer to use pyjamas (loose Christian men. But craze for ornaments is still strong trousers) in the house. In common the dress of woman among women. Majority of the women use gold orna­ is saree and blouse, but fashionable women are wearing ments but poor families now-a-clays use imitation punjabi dress (Salvar-kurta). The dress of an ordinary jewellery. Almost all Hindu married women put a gold cultivator consists of only dhoti, shirt and a rough cloth necklace in the form of "Mangalsutra", to which the wound loosely round the head as a turban. The fash­ token of marriage bond is tied. It consists of black ion of keeping bare-head is common in these days. beads, with gold beads and very small cups of gold in The old women's dress is the full nine metres saree the miadle in different pattern. and choli and five metres saree is common among the Poor married women use black beads only. Ear­ young and middle aged women. ring is common among females. Even from the young age ear-ring is being used. Now its place is occupied As far as the dress of Muslims is concerned, the by imitation jewellery. Nose stud is common from poor and middle class muslims dress is much like the adolescence age to old age which is of different kinds. Hindus. Children wear the dress just like Hindus. Some Gold bangles are also used by young and married men wear salvar, kameez and pyjamas. Some well-to­ females. Different kinds cI neckleces such as 'Bakuhara', do persons wear (over coat). Some old men wear 'Bormal', Chapalahar', 'Ekdani' etc and like wise differ­ white turban or skull-cap on the head. Old mulsim ent kinds of gold bangles such as, 'Bajuband', women wear long shirts, hiding hands up to the wrists 'Patlya','Got', 'Vakya', are worn by te ladies. 'Bidlya', and silk or cotton pyjamas (Chudidar). These shirts are 'Kaditode', 'Goph', 'Sakhali', 'Ghugurwala', etc. are the of different colours with embroidery on the neck and children's ornaments.

158 Jay Vilas palace i '

159 i ' Chiplunkarwada

160 CHAPTER-X

SLUMS BLIGHTED AND OTHER AREAS WITH SUB-STANDARD LIVING CONDITIONS

Slums represent a wide gulf between the urban tion of this locality which though not a notified slum in living conditions of rich and poor. The crowded locali­ all respects but represents an area of substandard ties of the town make a marked difference from other living conditions in comparison to the other neigh­ neighbourhoods of the town. Such crowded localities bourhoods in the town. of the town are inhabited by people of poor class. Some of the factors responsible for formation of slums Koliwada are as follows. Koliwada area is situated at the eastern side of 1. Concentration of industries or execution of major Jawhar town and very close to the S.T. Stand. It is irrigation projects resulting in sudden rise in em­ bounded on south side by Mangel wada, west side by ployment potertial. fish market, north side by Mukane colony, and east side by barren land. 2. Migration from rural areas to urban areas due to drought conditions and famine. Majority of the population in this area is ci Mahadev koli and Dhor Koli of scheduled tribe community and 3. Shortage of housing accommodations. the rest of people belonging to other castes. Sched­ uled tribe persons are staying here from generation to Generally slum is an area with poorly constructed generation. Persons living here are mostly low paid undesigned dwellings, inadequate ventilation, light and employees such as agricultural labourers, casual labour­ sanitation, insufficient open space and recreational ers, loaders and domestic servants. facilities, high density ci population, overcrowded dwell­ ings and absence of essential basic amenities needed There are 30 households in this area which has for human life such as water, toilet, electricity and all a population of 130 members. Housing condition of other factors which cause the structure to be unfit or these huts is very poor. The huts have been con­ unsafe to occupy for residential use. structed without proper planning. Majority of the huts are built with mud walls, mud floor and roofed with The conditions prevailing in slum areas or blighted grass and tin sheets. The huts have no foundation and ateas have an adverse effect on the health, social they stand on the ground itself. Only five households relations and behavioural pattern of the residents as are roofed with Mangalore tiles. All thehouses are too well as others living outside the areas. It is a place for small and too close to one another. Some of the spreading contagious diseases and high infant mortal­ households have only one room and some have room ity. All these above factors increase the prostitution, divided by plated leaves. Roofs and walls of some of crime, suicide etc. the huts are supported by wooden pillars. Generally one house is shared by one or two families. Jawhar town is' neat and clean as compared to other towns in Maharashtra. There is no notified slum Water supply provided by the local authority in area in Jawhar but only one congested area with this area is insufficient. None of the households have substandard living conditions was found at the time of separate water connection but a common water tap is survey. One can judge from the clustering of huts at available at a distance of 15 to 20 metres away from koliwada area is like sub-standard area. In the light of the residential houses. In this area there is neither well this special feature, it is relevant to give a brief descrip- water nor any canal water. The water supply system in this area is said to be bad. water logging in the rainy season. There is a kuccha road connecting this area and the town, S.T. stand is The lighting facility in this area is also poor. All nearby the area, so there is no difficulty of transport, the households use kerosene lamps except 4 house­ The lack of basic civic amenities such as drainage, holds. For cooking purpose they are using firewood internal roads and sanitation keep the locality uo­ and kerosene stove. As mentioned above, this area is healthy, Unhealthy surrounding, unemployment and located very near to the S.T. stand and is well lit by the poverty of the inhabitants are the responsible factors search light of the S.T. stand throughout the night. for the low percentage of literacy of this area. All households in this area are belonging to Hindu reli­ There is no drainage system in this area. Since gion. There is no temple in this area but people are the area is one the top of the hill there is no fear of worshipping Lord Ganapati and Lord Shiva.

162 CHAPTER-XI

ORGANISATION OF POWER AND PRESTIGE

The organisation of power and prestige has under­ others. This authority and dominance gradually disap­ gone a redical change due to the transformation of the peared mainly due to the re-organisation of Indian social and political setup in the country. In any organ­ States. Even during the princely rules, the Brahmins isation or society generally it is the enlightened few, occupied the highest place and respected by all other with public support, economic status and educational subcastes. The monopoly of the higher castes ap­ base that are counted. They, therefore represent the peared in the matter of education and religion and the elite of the town who can influence the various deci­ lower castes could not move up from their roles. After sions affecting the social upliftment and economic the re-organisation of the states the Brahmins lost their well-being. Invariably, therefore, it is this group that get monopoly of social and economic power. the authority and power concentrated. ,May be a local body, co-operative society, political organisation or The political changes expedited the social revo­ voluntary service institutions, the men in-charge of lution with the dawn of independence. The power to these units have an important role to play. In the civic elect their rulers passed on to the hands of the gov­ elections, general elections, trade union organisations, erned, irrespective of their economic and social status. management of temples and in all other acitivites On the other hand, few individuals due to their philan­ affecting the economic, social and political life of the thropic outlook, specialised profession and wealth, society, this class of indivduals share a greater degree were respected and so they had a say in the socio­ of responsibility in their functioning: In the larger sense, economic matters of the area. Besides, there is no bar elite of the town thus include public servants, teachers, against anybody becoming a leader. All communities lawyers, doctors, cultivators, men engaged in trade and all classes can produce leaders. As popular sup­ and commerce activities, office bearers of political, port is, now required for political parties, the politicians educational and other service organisations, president closely associate with the people of all communities to of the local body and the chairman of a co-operative win their confidence and votes. The leadership also society. goes to well reputed businessmen, industrialists, trade union leaders etc. As regards the functioning of various interest groups as reflected in the municipal budget, amenities While canvassing the household schedules, we and services provided in the town, it is observed that have collected the information on respected and influ­ the standing committee of the municipal council is ential persons in the town. They are in the forefront of taking active part in discussion and finalisation of the socia-economic and political activities of the town. In municipal budget. Similarly, Social Welfare Committee other words, they are actively involved in the political, and Sanitation Committee with the consultation of the social and cultural activities of the town. Their influ­ local personalities ~bserving the performance of the ence is not adjacent to any official position they services and amenities provided by the Municipal Council occupy. There are special invitees for almost all social to the town dwellers. The group discussion is also held and cultural functions in the town. Their opinion on by these committees with local knowledgeable per­ matters connected with town-life is considered valu­ sons to take the decision in case of conflicts about able. land use pattern. In connection with the special study of Jawhar In the past, Jawhar was a princely state and the town, the names of the most respected and the most king possessed large powers and dominated over the influential persons in the town according to the opinion

163 of the persons interviewed, were collected and thus The particulars of the most respected persons the details of these persons were given in two separate are given in the following statement (XI-I) statement, numbering XI-1 and XI-2.

Statement XI-1

Particulars of the most respected persons in the town

Name Sex Religion Caste Education Occupation Community

1 2 3 4 5 6

1. Shri Rajaram P. Mukane Male Hindu Chambhar B.A.LLB Advocate

2. Shri Shashikant Male Hindu Brahmin 9th Std. Construction Karmarkar contractor 3. Shri Suresh B. Ashtikar Male Hindu Brahmin BAM.S. Doctor

4. Shri Avinash Dashputre Male Hindu Brahmin DSAC Dacor (Ayurvedic)

5. Shri Chintaman Vanga Male Hindu Varli B.A. LLB Advocate

The name of Shri Rajar~m P.Mukane was men­ Shri Shashikant Kamarkar, aged about 55 years tioned by many persons as having much respect as and belongs to Brahmin community, is a respected well influence in the town. He is born in a poor personality in the town. He ia a Honourary Executive Scheduled Caste Chambhar family. Now he is advo­ Magistrate as well as a construction contractor. He has cate inthe high court. He is the first advocated in the a sympathetic view towrads the poor class people. He town among Chambhar community. He renders free always helps these people by way of cash or credit. legal aid to tribal communities and weaker sections of the society. He is also assisting the farmers in restor­ Dr. Suresh B. Ashtikar is another respected and ing lands and for achieving benifits under 20 pOints well known person in the town. He is an active mem­ programme. Some other activities are to write in the ber of the Vishwa Hindu Parishad. He has arranged so Press regarding the problems of downtroddens, to many programmes such as blood donation, free eye organise free surgical and midical camps through test centre etc. He also has deep sympathy for the various Clubs in Bombay and other urban organisa­ poor and weaker section of the siciety. His treatment tion. He is, a good public speaker also, so always is free for poor people. His profession as a doctor is invited by social, educational and cultural bodies to stated to be the reason for his popularity in the town. give lectures. In addition to these, he is holding variors positions in different organisations. He is the president. According to the of the persons interviewed, Shri of jawhar tahsil congress(I), member of the district Avinash Dashputre is a respected persons in the town .. Planning & divelopment Concil, President of Jawhar His profession is derived from his fore-fathers time. He Taluka Bar Assoiciation, etc. Thus he earns good repu­ gives free treatment to the poor people. Due to his pro­ tation in jawhar town and respected by public and fession as a doctor he is famous in the town. enjoys a very high social status because of his profes­ sional abilities and social work. Shri Chintaman Vanaga belongs to a schedulec

164 tribe Varli community. He is an advocate by profes- due to his professional abilities he became a respected slon. He is a well known respected personality in the person In the town. town. He gives legal help to the poor and weaker section by free of charge. He also participates In the The particulars of the most influential personal social acivities. As he belongs to varli connumity and are given in the in the following statement (X1I-2).

Statemen\ XI - 2

Paticulars of the most influential persons in the town

arne Sex Relation Castel Education Occpation

2 3 4 5 6

1. Shrl Rajaram V. Male Hindu Sarswat 9th President of Tendulkar Brahmin passed Municipal concil

2. Smt. Suhasini M. Fmale Hindu Maratha 7th Social Ayare passed worker

3. Shri Mohammad H. Male Muslim 8 th Merchant Ghaniknan passed

4. Shrl Dayanand Male Hindu Chambhar S.S.C. Editor Mukane

5. Shri Ravindra D. Male Hindu C.K.P. B.E. Contractor Vaidya (Civil)

According to the opinion of the persons inter­ cultural acitivities of the town and his leadership is viewed Shri Rajaram V. Tendulkar is a widely accepted providing more and more amenities to the town which person of high reputatuon and influence. He has been own him popularity. elected in the Municipal election and now he is the President of the Municipal council. Shri Tendulkar Another influencial personality in the town is Smt. aged about 47 years belongs to Sarasvat Brahmin Suhasini M. Ayare, She is a Municipal Councillor elected Community. Politically he is a Congress man (Indian from reserved female ward. Though she has studied National Congress). His hard work and able adminis­ up to 7th standard, she earned the reputation of great tatuon added glory to Jawhar. Though he is fro a well­ social worker. She was an active member in the boo family, he has great feelings for the poor and women's greedom agitation. Her leadership is stated weaker sections of the society. It is because of his to be the reason for her popularity in the town. untiring and sincere efforts only, the Industrial Training Institute (I.T. I.) Jahwar College, Deaf and Dumb School Mohammad H.Ghanikhan ia wholesal grocery came into existence. He works for the devilopment of merchat by profession and an influential personality in the town also. He is in the forefront of all social and the town. He is an active member among mislim

165 people as a social workers he works hard for the he is an engineer by profession, he participate in the welfare of the muslims. Being a shop owner he sells all social welfare programmes and cultural activities in the the commodities at reasonable rates, Though his town. popularity is mainly confined among Muslim people, he has great affinity with all the poor and backward According to the opinion of the persons inter­ people. viewed, the personalities mentioned in the Statement XI-l and XI-2 are enjoying respect and prestige in the Shri Dayanand a.Mukane is another popular and twon and out of 10 persons 9 are Hindus and 1 is a influential person in the town who belongs to sched­ muslim. The distribution of these persons by literacy uled caste chambhar community. His political affili­ shows that 4 persons are graduate and above with ation is with Indian National Congress(I). By profes­ some additional qualification is an Ayurvedic doctor sion, he is an editor of the weekly Magazine, Kala­ studied up to S.S.C.level, while the remaining 4 members tarang. He has his own printing press. He participates have not studied even up to S.S.C.level, Thus it may in social activities of all castes and communities. It is be said that higher educatuional qualification is not a said that, each and every person of Jawhar knows him necessary factor for the respect, influence and pres­ personally, because of his active social work. tige.

Shri Ravindra Vaidya, aged 45 years who be­ In addition to this, the information of some other longs to C.K.P. Brahmin community, is a civil engineer personalities, who have been considered to be re­ and works as a government as well as private con­ spected and influential in the neighbourhood, is col­ struction contractor. He is well known as a social lected at the time of survey and their particulars are worker and an influential personality in the town. He is given in the follwing statement XI -3. always in the forefront of all social activities. Though

Statement XI - 3

Particulars of some other respected and influential persons in the neighbourhood

Neighbourbour Name Sex Castel Ecucation Occupation Community

2 3 4 5 6

Mahadeo 1. Dinkar P.Lase M Teli S.S,C. Cloth shop owner Tempe lane 2, Mahamad Chabukswar M Muslim 10th Cultivator 3, J.S.Joshi M Brahmin 12th Clerk 4. Jayram Chawathe M Vanjari BA Accountant 5, Sadashiv G.Ayare M Maratha S.S,C. Hotel owner 6, Laxman S.Jadhav M M.Koli 10th Social worker 7. Vasantrao K. Karkare M Brahmin S.S,C. Land Lord, Social worker

Gorwadi 1. Jayram Madvi M M.Koli B.Com Manager Adiwasi Vikas Mandai 2. Laxman Shove M Maratha S.S.C. Primary Teacher 3. Pandurang Teje M Maratha S.S.C. Treasury Clerk

166 Statement II - 3

2 3 4 5 6

4. Pandu K.G.ore M M.KoIi S.S.C M. C. Counciller Social worker 5. Sulernan Ghachi M Muslim 7th Bhager mill owner

Jama 1. Ayub R.Mulia M Muslim B.A. Kirana Shop Masjid keeper 2. Mrs. Sattar A. Ghachi F Muslim lind Kirana Shop keeper 3. Shafi Pathan M Muslim Vllth Driver 4. Mohmad Hanil M Muslim S.S.C. Retail kirana shopkeeper, social worker 5. Kadru S.Nathani M Muslim S.S.C. Saw Mill owner, Social worker 6. Jakir U.Ghachi M Muslim 6th Land Lord, Muslim Jamat president 7. Abdul Kadar Mulla M Muslim B.A. Press reporter, ,M.C. CouncUJer, Social worker

Buddhawada 1. M.L. Sathe M Maratha M.D. Doctor 2. H.S.Gavit M Kokana S.S.C. Gram Sevak 3. R.S.Bapat M Brahmin DCE Engineer 4. Rajendra Khandewal M Brahmin DCE Engineer

5. Babu V.Gadge M Mahar 2nd Contractor, Social worker 6. Hanumant 1<'.'8allal M Mahar S.S.C. Primary Teacher 7. Govind M. Ballal M Mahar 7th Contractor

Koliwada 1. Bhima K.Tandel M Maratha IXth Mechanic 2. P.R.Divakaran M Ezhava DCE Engineer 3. Mahesh L.Ambhire M Maratha S.S.C. Grocery Shop keeper

Mukane 1. Dayanand Mukane M Chambhar 8th Printer Colony 2. Balu Nirgude M Mahar 9th Police Constable 3. Balavant Mukane M Chambhar P.T.C. Primary teacher 4. Ganapat Mukane M Chambhar S.S.C. Land Lord, M.C. Educational president, Social Worker Political Parties members. The exact number of member at present enrolled in the party could not be ascertained. The Jawhar nurtures various pdotical parties like Indian main object and aim of the party is to give a proper National Congress. Communist party of India (Marx­ representation of the town dwellers, in all aspects of ist). Indian Congress(Socialist). Bharatiya Janata Party, the government and society. Janata party etc. The Indian National Congress has a branch office and also a good number of followers In In addition to the above parties, there are many the town. It is headed by Shri Mukane Rjaram Pan­ other paties functioning in the town. Though they have durango Its membership is voluntary with a nominal fee no majority in the field of politics of the town they are of Rs.1/-. It is a cosmopolotin organisation with no acting as social workers and giving co-operation to the caste difference. The aim of the political party is to people in the town if necessary. form a socialistic pattern of society, help to provide employment etc. They conduct meetings. There is a From above, it is clear that the Congress as a majority of this party in the municipal conci!. party has dominated for years together in the town. The results of Municipal Councial elections held in The Indian Congress(Socialist) began to play an 1985 and Jawhar assemble Constituency election in important role in the political affairs of the town some 1985 are given in the following statements XI-4 and 10 years back. It has started functioning with a limited XI-5.

Statement XI-4

Jawhar Municipal Council Election, 1985

Ward Name of Cndidate Ethnic Total No. NO.of No.of No cate- of votes valid invalid gory votes votes polled polled

2 3 4 5 6

1. Shri Gore Pandu Khandu S.T. Elected without oppOSition 2. Smt. Bhoye Laxmi Ramchandra S.T. 3. Shri Shirsat Vilas Vaman Hindu 198 128 1 4. Shri Tendulkar Ramchandra Hindu 158 114 Vishnu 5. Smt. Mehta Sumitra Jagjivandas Hindu 116 105 6. Shri Gholap Vijay Damodar Hindu 180 83 3 7. Shri Shimpi Sham Gopal Hindu 166 60 2 8. Shri Mukane Rajaram Pandurang SC 219 171 3 9. Shri Bhoir Vasant Deoram SC 154 105 3 10. Shri 'Arnohlre Mahesh Laxman Hindu 146 93 1 11. Shri Pawar Prafulla Vasant Hindu 175 101 6 12. Shri Kotwal Gulam Sulaiman Muslim 156 76 3 13. Shri Karmarkar Khashikant Hindu 111 55 2 Gapal

168 Statement XI - 4 (Contd)

2 3 4 5 6

14. Shri Wadu Pndurang Ravji S.T. 127 87 4 15. Shri Jadhav Laxman Sadasiv S.T. Elected without opposition 16. Smt. Ayre Suhasini Bhaskar Hindu 122 92 3 17. Shri Ghachi Giccar Usman Muslim 100 80 5 18. Shri Lande Pandurang Ravji S.T. 100 79 4 19. Shri Tarapoorwala Gagan Zaroastrian 106 38 2 Dhanagi 20. Shri Rajput Uttam Magan Hindu Elected without opposition 21. Shri Ahire Nandakishore Hindu Elected without opposition Damodar 22. Shri Ganighachi Mohammad Haji Muslim Elected without opposition

Statement XI - 5

Voting pattern of the General Assembly Elections of Jawhar Constituency March,1985

Name of the No. of total Total No.of Name of the Party No.of Constitu- electors in Votes valid candidates votes ency in the polled votes polled constituency

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Jawhar 1,28,623 63,398 N.A. 1. Shri Ozari Jayavant Independent 786 Assembly Surji Constituency 2. Shri Kirkre Congress(l) 2~.728 (1985) Trimbak Dhakal 3. Shri Kom Lahanu C.P.M. 34,882 Shidve 4. Shri Talpade Independent 609 Shashikant Gangaram 5. Shri Raut Sakharam B.J.P. 3,393 Ramji

From the above statements it is observed that the other was a Communist Party Marxist (C.P.M). Though Indian National Congress, the oldest political party, the political affairs of the town are with the Indian has also a good number of followers in the town. In the Natuonal Congress, the state assemnly election has Municipal Council Election out of 22 elected persons, been won by the C.P.M .. 15 are from Indian National Congress, 4 are Indepents and 3 are from Shiv Sena. So far as the last general Students Union: election to the state assembly is concerned, Jawhar was a separte constituency. In the last assembly elec­ There are 2 students unions in the town. These tion, the main fight was between two cendidates, of unions are working under the guidance of Akhil Bhara­ whom one was an Indian National Congress and the tiya Vidyarthi Paraishad for all students.

169

CHAPTER XII

LEISURE AND RECREATION, SOCIAL PARTICIPATION, SOCIAL AWARENESS, RELIGION AND CRIME.

Leisure and recreation Shivaji Udyan is another garden in the town. It is very close to the S.T.stand and the government Certain institutions, a few old temples and picnic rest house. Another garden is in front of the old points in the town play an important role in shaping Palace. Both these gardens are used by people for the socia-economic and cultural pattern of Jawhar. different types of recreations. People came from different places and settled in the town for business, service and education, which has Places of attractions also an impact on the growth of the socia-cultural and religious activities in the town. Moreover, the Jawhar town is situated on the top of the hills. erstwhile Kings or Rulers bestowed particular atten­ The valleys are greenish and attract many people tion on the upkeep of temples ~nd also in giving not only from Jawhar alone but also from outside land and materials to construct places of worship. the town. The centre of attraction of this town is it.:; the libraries, cinema, theatre, reading rooms, video natural scenery and the palace. The hills are thick centres, picnic sports, other sport clubs, recreational with Sagas, the geenery fascinating any heart that clubs and gardens have also come up in the town casts its glance on them. One of the interesting because people got free time to spend for refresh­ places is the 'Hanuman Point'. A large number of ing themselves and for amusement. people spend their spare time here and enjoy the natural scenery. Any number of visitors is silenced Parks & Gardens by the beautiful hills except the chirping of birds which enhance the atmosphere. Historically the vet­ There are three grad ens in the town located in eran freedom fighter Veer Sawarkar used to re­ different parts under the management of Jawhar Mu­ hearse his speeches from this point. nicipality. Among them the most important one is the Jaysagar Dam Udyan located in the gorwadi The town is proud of its gifts bestowed by ward by the side of Jaysagar dam. Midway the nature. Yet another place of attraction where huge water reservoir with its beautiful garden and sweet crowds gather is the 'Sun-set Pain!'. If one really smelling flowers is bound to make anybody to halt want to appreciate the god's craft the sun-set point for some time. The cool atmosphere attracts many will satisfy. The hills in the opposite direction of the people here to enjoy themselves. There are different Hanuman Point provide the miracle worked by God. varieties of beautiful flowers and plants in the gar­ Colours blend together as the sun-sets. As the red den. Cement benches have been provided for the hot buring lamp of gold drops down into the cup of use of public who come to the garden for spending hills the subtle shades are seen lingering on every their evening hours, especially on holidays. People blade of grass and leaves. The chirping of birds add from Jawhar and neighbouring areas come to this attraction to the silenced atmosphere. garden. Around the park various types of trees, like Vad, Teakwood, Pimple, Audumbar, Mango tree, The third place of attraction especially, for tourists Jambhul etc., which gives sufficient shade to people is the 'Palace'. The clear white panes and the white and shelter to birds. Some trees are 100 years old. walls glitter the whole day under the bright sun. It is Around some trees, round platforms (Ota) are made a clear proof of the ancient glories. The ever daz­ to sit and eat refreshments. zling palace seems to allure from any direction. The wide area of the palace precincts, now has the objectives. cashew plantation. Outwardly the palace shows no signs of habitation but a closer view speaks that the 1) To give the grocery articles from the fair price past glory is still maintained to some extent. A shops. massive car standing under the arches and the 2) To propagate the importance of family planning number- plate on it speak of the great lord of the and conduct its training. house. One has to satisfy by its outward beauty if 3) To initiate social and religious activities such as one cannot enjoy the privilege. The Palace walls Haldi Kumkum, Ganeshotsava etc. kindle the flame of curiocity to know the beauty. 4) To conduct adult education classes. One may stand hours and hours in admiration of this artistic structure. This mandai is housed in its own building measuring 700 s.q.metres. The president of this Mandai Play Ground is Smt. Sumitrabai J.Mehta. At the time of survey there were 50 members. Both Shri Dayanand Mukane There is no public play ground in the town. and Shri Rajaram Mukane deliver lectures regarding But areas in front of the old Palace, S.T.Stand and National Integrity, Family Planning etc. Every Tues­ K.V.High School ground are used by the public as day members are gathered from 4-6 p.m. to distcuss play grounds. Public meetings are also conducted matters relating to the MandaI. at K.V.High School ground. Some young boys are utilising this ground for bicycle riding. The Schools Cinema Theatre have their own play grounds for the exclusive use of the pupils. Cinema is patronized by the local population. It assumes special importance as a mass media espe­ Club cially in the case of low income and illiterate groups as the chief entertainment centre in the town. Jawhar There is only one registered club in Jawhar town had a cinema theatre. It functioned only for 4- town. This National Cricket Club is founded in the 5 years. Now it is closed. its place is occupied by year 1977 and inaugurated by Shri Dilip Vengsarkar, Video Centres. All centres are situated in the centre the renowned cricket player. The club is housed in of the town. In Jawhar town, there are four such its own building located near the Old Palace. Open centres. Among them the Swapna Video centre gets space near the Palace is used by the cricket fans. much importance. It is the first one started in the Playing of cricket is common on all days especially town. The seating capacity is 40 persons per show. during the cricket season. Large crowd gathers here The rate is Rs.2j- per head. Two shows are con­ to watch the match. Membership is open fo~ all ducted every day, one from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. and castes. At the time of survey there were 50 mem­ the other from 6 p.m. to 9 p.m. On special occa­ bers and membership is provided at a nominal fee sions and holidays morning shows are also be con­ of Rs.11/-. Tournaments are held twice in a year. ducted. Generally, demand for Marathi and Hindi Shri Ram Narayan Pimple is the present president of movies are greater. In addition to the above, on this club. certain religious occasions, free film, show is held for public. Certain well-to-do families who owns pri- Mahila Mandai .vate cars go to Trimbakeshwar of Nashik, which are _ more than 60 kms. away from Jawhar with their There are two Mahila Mandals in the town. The families to see films. Variety entertainments such as most popular and famous one is Jawhar Mahila Dramas, Tournaments, Sports, Youth festivals, Anni­ MandaI. It was established in the year 19S0 with versary celebrations of educational institutions and view to implementing the following aims and religious festivals are being conducted in the town.

172 These especially the religious festivals and tourna­ timw of survey there were 200 members. Daily about ments attract large crowds. Since Jawhar is a small 75 people visit the library either to borrow books or town with a population of 7055, it does not attract reading newspapers. The library and reading room any circus companies. are managed by a librarian. The library and reading room are kept open from 8 a.m. to 11 a.m. and 4 Library and Reading Room p.m. to 8 p.rn. In addition to this there are two other free reading rooms organised by different organisa­ One library and 3 free reading rooms in addi­ tions in the town. tion to the libraries attached to the college and schools are functioning in the town. Newspapers and Journals

Yashwant Sarvajanik Vachnalaya Except the 'Kaltarang' weekly no other news­ paper or periodical is published from the town. The Shri Yashwant Mukane was the last ruler of the Marathi newspapers sold in the town are Loksatta, erstwhile Jawhar state and was a M.P. also. This Maharashtra Times and Navshakti. Except 'Tarun library was established in his 'memory on 4th March Bharat' and 'Swarjya' all others are published from 1953. It is located in ward no. 4 near the govern­ Bombay about 110 kms. away from the town. The ment hospital on the top of the hill. It has its own papers are brought to the town by paper Van or pucca building. It has a total stock of 12,000 books S.T.bus in the early morning. Only one English daily, in Marathi, Hindi and English. Majority of them are the times of India is distributed in the town. There is Marthi books. The collection of books consists of no sub-office of any newspapers, but there are story books, autobiography, scientific research books, agents for all the papers and they deliver the dailies poetry, history, novels, reference books etc. A read­ and periodicals to the houses of the subscribers. ing room is attached with the library. At a time 20 There is no book-stall in the town exclusively for the persons can accommodate. The library subscribes sale of newspapers, journals and periodicals. The to 8 dailies 14 weeklies and 10 monthlies. A few names of newspapers and periodicals and the number free montly journals are also kept in this library. of copies in circulation in the town are given below Membership is open for all with a deposit of Rs. 10 (XII-1 ) intially and a monthly subscription of Rs.3/-. At the

173 Statement XII • 1

Names of Newspapers, periodicals and number of copies in circulation in the town

Type Language No.of copies Place of in circulation publicatation

2 3 4 5

Daily Loksatta Marathi 110 Bombay Maharashtra Times -do- 50 -do- Navashakthi -dQ- 50 -do- Navakal -dQ 10 -do- Mumbai Samachar Gujarati 25 -do- Tarun Bharat Marathi 10 Pune Samakaleen Gujarati 16 Bombay Times of India English 10 -do-

Weekly Swarajya Marathi 16 Pune Marmik -do- 11 Bombay Lokaprabha -do- 20 -do- Chanderi -do- 5 -do- Kal Tarang -do- 50 Jawhar Mayapuri Hindi 15 Delhi Illustrated weekly English 6 Bombay Vyapar Gujarati 10 -do-

Monthly Kumar Marathi 5 -do-

Nature of leisure time activities of members dam which is a pleasant resort for the people of the town both young and old. The canvassing of household schedules has thrown some light on the leisure time activities of Religious institutions and religious activities the people of the town. The people of the town generally do not have specified hours of rest or Apart from the above leisures and recreations, recreation. Only a few persons are reported to have a large number of men and women spend their time any leisure time activity. Except school children and in Visiting temples, offering prayers, performing spe­ employees of government offices, organised form of cial poojas and observing religious rites as a part of recreation is unknown. Of course, they spend a lot their daily life, particularly the Brahmin community of time in meeting friends, discussing business and spend their time in the evening at the various temples. politics, listening radio and reading newspapers and All th~ temples of the town are open for all Hindus. periodicals either in the libraries or at their own homes. Many people see television, video films or There are altogether 11 temple in Jawhar town. spend the leisure time in the parks. Though there is Celebrations of the following fairs and festivals are no beach in Jawhar, in all seasons especially in arranged on a mass scale in which majority of the summer, people throng on the side of Jaya Sagar Hindus participate.

174 1) Sadanand Maharaj Mandir Utsav. as that of the great Saint Sadanand Maharaj• while 2) Ganapati Utsav. Muslims claimed as that of Saduruddin Baha, but 3) Mahashivaratri Utsav. both the names relates to one person and history 4) Ram Navami Utsav. does not provide any clue to which religion he 5) Shiva Jayanti Utsav. belonged to. Hence, both Muslims and Hindus cele­ 6) Navaratri Utsav. brate this fair. Sadanand Maharaj left this material 7) Group singing of Bhajans and Kirtans. world in 1339, Bhadrapad Vadya 6 on Thursday. Bhadrapad Vadya 6,7,8 are the annual notable days The above celebrations are of special signifi­ of the celebrations in the temple. Hindus perform catce for the majority of the people and also keep pooja on 6 and 7 and Muslims celebrate as Urs on them busy on account of various arrangements '8. Hindus perform Bhajans and give prasad to all involved. The celebrations are held with devotion, devotees. They arrange various type of poojas are pomp and gaiety. Likewise Moharram Bakrid-id pro­ conducted outside the temple building because the vide an opportunity for Muslims to spend their time antiquity of the temple· brought the building in a in offering prayers as per the religious customs. dilapidate condition. No one is allowed to go inside Thus religious functions which periodically attract the temple. On 8th Muslims perform pooja in the the attention of the people, during the course of the form of 'Urs' and Kawalli Programmes are arranged. year invariably influence a great deal of the spare time activities in the town. Mahalaxmi Temple

Religious Institutions This temple lies on the north side of the Jawhar town. This is one of the oldest temples located in There are more than 11 temples in this small ward No.3. The poojari of this temple belongs to town. Among the temples most important are Sad an­ Mahadeo Koli by caste. and Maharaj Samadhi Mandir, Mahadev Mandir, Ram Mandir, Vittal Mandir, Khandoba Mandir and Shani Mahadev Mandir Mandir, Juma-Masjid is the important muslim wor­ shipping centre in Jawhar. The details of some of This temple is located in Ward No.11 on the the religious institutions are given below: left side of Sadanand Maharaj's Samadhi Mandir. This temple was built some 200 ye.ars ago by the Sadanand Maharaj Samadhi Mandir erstwhile king. The people of the town are unable to say the exact date regarding the establishment of This is one of the famous temples in Jawhar this temple. This temple is tbe presiding diety:of the town. It is situated near the 'Old Palace'. This Samadhi town and also the main temple. Former kings used Mandir was built some 400 years ago by erstwhile to visit this temple for Darshan. The Shiva idol is King Krishna Shah in memory of Sadanand Maharaj about 0.75 metres in height. Opposite the idol Nandi who was a great saint. Every thursday, persons of is faCing to the idol. Deepamal is standing in front all religions from Jawhar and near by villages come of the temple. On Shivaratri day more than 1,000 to this mandir. The fair of this temple falls on people take darshan of the Lord. On this day, Bhajans Bhadrapadh Vadya 6,7 and 8 (Le., in August or in and Kirtans are performed. The temple is measuring September). 9 metres in length and 7 metres in width. Wall is made up of cement and bricks. Floor is made up of Hindus are worshipping on Shasti (6) and Shahabadi tiles. Roof is made up of wooden ceiling Saptami (7) and Muslims are on Ashtami (8) per­ and Mangalo~e tiles. Every Monday about 40 to 60 forming the Sandal (kind of worship). Ironically, the people visit the temple for darshan. musoleum kept in the temple is claimed by Hindus

175 Ram Mandir stone. It Aas octagonal stone pillars in front. In the r.lOsque the row of wooden post connected by This temple is situated in Ward NO.9 it is horizontal wooden arches, divides the hall longitudi­ constructed in the 17th Century. The idols of Lord nally into two parts. It has tiled roofing with wooden Rama, Sita & Laxmana are said to have been brought ceiling and mosaic flooring. from Jaipur. The height of the idol Lord Rama is about 0.75 mtrs and that of Sita and Laxmana are There is one Madrassa functioning within the about 0.60 mtrs. The idols are in standing pose. mosque and friday Jum-Ah is a common feature. Opposite to this Hanuman Mandir is located. Ladies are not allowed to enter the mosque. A water tank has also been constructed and a few taps are Ramnavami is the biggest annual festival in this arranged infornt of the mosque. Before entering the temple. The holy book 'Ramayana' is recited for 9 mosque, devotees have to wash their legs and hands days. About 3000 people come on this occasion. properly. Regular pooja is performed by a who belongs to Brahmin community. Prayers and prostrations are performed five times a day at 5.30 a.m., 12.40 p.m., 4 p.m., 6.40 Vithal Mandir p.m. and between 7.45 to 8 p.m. which is known as 'Suban', 'Luhar', 'Assar', 'Mahariff' and 'Isha' repec~ This is an ancient telDple constructed nearly tively. It is said that the above timings should not be 200 years ago with stones on an area of 20 sq mts. taken as very strict. They are subject to variation in ward No. 13. At the main entrance, 1 foot idol of depending upon the actual time of sun rise and sun Lord Vithal and Rakhumai is installed. Ashadi and set every month. The Kathib or the Chief priest will Kartiki Ekadasi days are celebrated here on a grand guide and direct the devotees in their prayer and scale. Regular pooja is performed by poojari. About prostrations. In his absence the assistant Kathib or 50 to 60 devotees participate in the daily pooja. Junior priest will lead the prayer. The mosque will Dyaneshwarri, Bhagawat and Bhaktivijay recitals are announce the time of prayer through loudspeaker also arranged within the premises of the temple. A by calling 'Banq'. big procession is also held on 'Ashadi' Karti~i day carrying the portrait of Lord Panduranga in a Pal­ Ramzan (Id'ul Fitr) and Bajridld are the main angquin. festivals of Muslims. During Ramzon period they observe fast during day time and spend the major Juma Masjid part of the night in devotion and prayer. Bakrid is alsocelebrated by mass prayers and processions This is the only Mosque in Jawhar town, lo­ with resounding. All muslim famlles irrespective of cated in ward NO.6 near Sadanand Maharaj Temple. their financial position dress well and enjoy feasts In No records regarding the date of construction of their homes followed by social calls on friends and this mosque are available. An enquiry however, shows relatives. The women enjoy this occasion by giving that the mosque was built more than 400 years ago. visits to the neighbouring houses. and engaging The erstwhile King of Jawhar brought muslims from themselves in singing and dancing. Only persons neighbouring areas to look after the cavalry force. belonging to Muslim Community can participate in To observe Namas for these people, the King built the prayers and prostrations held in the Mosque. this mosque for them near the old palace. It has a But members of other communities are allowed to large courtyard in front measuring 1920 sq.mtrs. and enter the precincts of the Mosque .. No entertain­ is surrounded by a wall with corner bastion which ments are conducted during festivals in the mosque look as if a number of pillars were jointed together which is against their religious belief. and arranged in a semicircle. The mosque is built of

176 ·Crime: occured in the jurisdiction of Jawhar Police Station. The type of crimes are theft, robbery, house-break­ There is a police station in the town. The ing, murder, dacoity, unlawful assembling, unnatural jurisdiction is limited to Jawhar town and 72 villages death, accident .etc. of the tahsil over a radius of 37 Kilometres. The police station was established in 1898. The staff According to Police Inspector's information, consists of 1 police sub-Inspector, 12 head during the year 1986, 146 cases were registered and cosnstables, 38 constables at the time of survey. 146 cases were disposed in Jawhar. A district jail is Since the town does not constitute a single unit for at Thane Head Quarters about 90 km. away from police adminlst~tion, details of crimes exclusively Jawhar town. relating to the town are not available. However, the details of the cases registered by the Jawhar Police There is a criminal and civil tahsil court at station during the year 1986 are as follows: Jawhar. Jurisdiction of the court is entire Jawhar . tahsil. It was established in the year 1898. The No. of Registered Cases 1~ particulars of criminal cases filed In the court of No. of Cases disposed 146 judicial magistrate (First class), Jawhar during 1986 by type of Act are given in the following statement The figures includes the various types of crimes (><11-2).

Statement XII-2

Particular's of Civil and Criminal Cases filed in the Court during 1986

Type of Act Number Number Carried over for No.end- No.end- Remarks instituted ing in ing in as on Over 3 More 1-2 Less convic- acquital 1.1.86 years than years than tion 2 years 1 years

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

I.P.C. Cases 414 72 98 101 69 94 238

Summary 481 68 73 122 116 25 158

Prohibition 95 13 41 21 46 35

Application 74 12 9 16 37 68 Under Cr. P.C. 125

Other Misc. 34 34 (Lunatic)

Source:- Judicial Magistrats (Junior) Class-I Jawhar Tahsil Court

177 Shivaji Udyan

Surya Talav

178 · Hanuman Temple on Hanuman Point

179 "

. \i:': ..-" f

Mahila Mandai

Yashwant Sarvajanik Vachanalaya

180 Mahalaxmi Temple

181 Icon of Nandi of Mahadeo Temple

182 183 Vithal Mandir

Datta Mandir

184 Khandoba Mandir

185 Sitaladevi Mandir

"'''.

,

, • "

Juma Masjid

186 Idgah

Police Station

187 CHAPTER XIII

LINKAGES AND CONTINUA

The territory now included in Thane district dictional change and therefore total number of tahsils was in 1817 a part of North Konkan district which were 13 at the time of 1981 Census. However, as had its headquarters at Thane in 1830. In 1833, the regards to total number of inhabited villages there two were again made full-fledged districts and named are some ups and downs. 1599 villages of 1961 as Thane and Ratnagiri districts. In 1853, the three Census in the district were reduced to 1588 in 1971 sub-divisions of Pen, Roha and Mahad together Census. This number, however, rose to 1746 at the with Underi and Revdanda agencies of the then time of 1981 Census. Increase in number of villages Kolaba (now Raigarh district) sub-divisions were was due to upgrading of hamlets/wadis in the dis­ formed into the sub collectorate of Kolaba which trict during the period of 1971-1981. The number of was placed under Thane. In 1869 the sub collec­ inhabited villages has swelled from 1588 in 1971 to torate of Raigarh was separated from Thane and 1746 in 1981 but the number of uninhabited villages made a full-fledged distric_t. has, on the other hand, shrunk from 34 in 1971 to 27 in 1981, As regards the town, the number of The administrative sUb-divisions of Thane were towns were 24 in 1971, since then with the recogni­ re-organised in 1945. Thirty three villages from the tion of 11 villages as towns and declassification of Bombay suburban district were transferred to Thane one town, viz. Badlapur, the number of, towns in the district in 1945. Fourteen of those thirty-three vil­ district has risen to 34. In fact the largest number of lages required for the deveopment of Aarey Milk towns in the state has been found in this district. Colony were returned to the Bombay suburban The district ranks fourth in the State in terms of pro­ district in 1946. Former Indian State of Jawhar was portion of urban population. merged in the Thane district and the new Jawhar taluka was formed in 1949. In the year 1960, the The district can b~ broadly divided into three taluka of Umbergaon with 47 villages and 3 towns zones, viz. the western zone, the central zone and was transferred to Surat district, of Gujrat State and the eastern zone. its ramianing 27 villages were first included in Oahanu taluka of Thane district and later on made into the The Western zone comprises the coastal ta­ new Talasari Mahal in 1961. lukas of Thane, Vasai, Palghar, Oahanu and Talasari. • It constitutes about one-third of the total area of the With re-organisation of states in 1956, the district district . It has prosperous fishing industry and was included in Bombay State. Since 1960, it garden crops such as plantains, cocnuts and man­ forms a part of Maharashtra State. At the 1961 goes. This zone also includes many industries and is census, the Thane district comprised of 10 tahsils comparatively more advanced and very thickly popu­ and 2 mahals. These two mahals(Talasari and lated than the other two zones. Mokhada) were upgraded into tahsils in 1971. This resulted into increase in the number of tahsils to The central zone comprises the talukas of Jawhar, 13 for 1971 Census. (In 1971 Census taluka was Vada, Bhiwandi, Kalyan and Ulhasnaghar. It consti­ referred as tahsil) There was a change in the tutes little less than one third of the total area of the total number of tahsils at the time of 1971 Census district. It has rich rice fields in .the valleys of minor because in 1969 the Kalyan taluka was I)ifurcated hill ranges. into two tahsils i.e., Kalyan and Ulhasnagar and since then the district has experienced no Juris- The eastern zone comprises the talukas of

188 Mokhada, Shahapur aM Murbad. Major portion of Among the Municipal towns of Thane district, Dom­ this zone is covered by the ranges of the Sahyadri. bivli town has the highest density of population with There are dense forests inhabited by tribal popula­ 44,301 persons per km2. and Jawhar town has the tion. lowest with 1976 persons per km2. There are total 34 towns including census towns and 1,746 inhab­ The district forms a part of the north Konkan ited villages in the district. This means that there is region which lies between the Sahyadri hills in the one urban centre for every 51 villages in the district. east and the Arabian sea in the west. It has a The following statement gives us detailed informa­ coastal line of about 110 kms. The drainage of the tion on population, sex and sex ratio of the munici­ district gathers along the two valleys of the Vaitarna pal towns in the district (XIII-i). and Ulhas rivers which have their sources in the Sahyadrian range. Jawhar is the only town in Jawhar tahsil. There­ fore, development of Jawhar is refleted in the urban Vaitarna is the principal river of the district. It population of the district. The comparson between rises in the Trimbak hills of Nashik district opposite growth and density of urban population in Jawhar the source of the Godavari and enters Thane district tahsil and Thane district is given in the following at Vihigaon near Kasara. The' chief of its tributaries statement (XIII-2) are the Borjha or Pinjal, Deherja, Surya and Susari from the right and the Tansa from the left. Ulhas is Growth and Density of urban population in the the other important river. It rises near the Bhor and Jawhar Tahsil in relation to the district pass after a north west course of about 130 kms., enters the sea at VasaL Its tributaries are Chilhar, The urban population of Jawhar tahsil was 6.99 Poshri, Borvi, Bhatsa and Kalu. per cent in 1951 which slightly decreased to 6.44 per cent in 1981. In the distrcit it has increased General Demographic characteristics of the dis­ form 29.51 per cent in 1951 to 44.34 per cent 1981. trict Similaly a look at density figures will show that As per 1981 Census the district covers an area Jawhar tahsil and district urban density had made 2 of 9558.0 km . With a population of 3,351,562, long stride since 1961. According to 1981 Census consisting of 1,779,645 males and 1,571,917 females. Jawhar town ranks 24th among the 34 towns of The growth rate of the district during the decade Thane district in respect of density and its density is 1971-1981, was recorded as + 46 89 per cent as lower than the urban density of the district and the against the state growth rate of +24.54 per cent. state. The urban density of the state is 3736 per The average density of population in the district km2, for the district it is 6395 per km2 and for 2 works out to 351 persons per km . Which is higher Jawhar town it is 1976 per km2• As compared to than the state average density of 204 persons per 1971 Census the density of town in 1981 has gone 2 km2. It is 200 persons per km . for rural and 6,395 up from 674 to 1976 per km2• 2 persons per km • for urban areas. Among the 26 districts of the State, Thane district stands 2nd in Sex Ratio terms of dinsity of population per km2. 1981 Census recorded sex ratio of 883 females per 1,000 males 1981 Census recorded a sex ratio of 920 females in the district wh.ich is lower than that of the state per 1,000 males in the town whihc is slightly higher as a whole 937 females per 1,000 males.Jawhar than that of 883 females for the district. Statement town has the sex ratio of 920 females per 1,000 XIII-3 shows the decadal Sex ratio. mJLjs which is higher than the district sex ratio.

189 .- ~ .- co {O I() I() I() 0 ...... ~ !if 0 (') -: ~ .... ex:) 0; C\i " .... f! I() ~ ...... ~ ...... IS (0 t8 (I) .t: .....I

., ..... co co 0 CO CO I() ...... Ol .,::I ~ Ol gs ~ {O ~ c:o ~ c:o ~ c CD 0... CD 0 ~ .~ ... (') C\I C\I ..... CO (') a: r:: c:o ...... (') tf Ol CO CO ~ m ~ ...... ~ Ol ';: ~ :s• (/) CD C «II ..... (') Ol <0 CO 0 (') ...... ~ ~ 10 gs ...... § ... ,5 ~ ~ ~ co Ol (I) i ..0 ...... q- .q- 0 (') I() .... ~ ~ ..!. (3 (') C"I u.. co Ol ~ C\I ~ ~ ~ It) fI5 cO ..~ ~ ~ v 'i ri fi (') ...ro c 0 CD - c: E .2.. .2 CD ... t! 7ii 10 C"I )( 'S 0 0 co ...... (') 0 S Q. .... 10 C\I 0 CD (') t! ~ .q-- en (I) 0 ~ I() v ~ co v ,... 0 C\I- Ol- ..,f C'i ...... '. 0> C\I I() I() Ol ..Q V C\I C\I I() 0 c:o !if Q.. .q- ('I) 0 ~ Ol c: It) M cD 0) ..,f ..... 0 ...... - ('I) 0 ~ .2 ~ ('I) C\I ('I) .!- :J Q. 0 C (5 0 Q. v I() ..... co co I() >. >-'-=- 0 ...... ~ ~ .... ~ (') ~ I() ~ :t:: ('I) ~ ~ ('I) (I) C :J It) ,..: ..,f ...... - ,... 0 ..,f c: (I) 0. C\I '. c ~ .~ ~ ~ ~ (3- ~ u >. .... ~ -.s:::. 0 - >. ('CJ - I- .1:: <3 - ~ .~ ('CJ :c Cl - c: 0 0 ('CJ '0 c: ('CJ ~ ... ~ .... -('CJ c Q) c: Q) .0 (/) ~ :::c: .!: c: «' -.~ E ~ ('CJ .s:::. ('CJ E :c ~ ~ .!: z « co 0 ..., ~ I- 5 ~

190 Ol

,.... It) ti oi 'i: C\I ~ "'C (I) .c c o -o .~ c: c "'5 - «l o o a. o ;; -e 0 It) IV ::Ja.. ~ ~ C') ,5 'iii .c S "- CD .cIV N ~ ..!. ..,IV (I) X .c c:: -(I) ,5 E - (I) c:: CD o I"­ IV ;; Ol (i)- IV "5 Q.o Q. t: IV .D ...j '0 >­ :t:: I/) c:: (I) o c "0 .Q c:: ...J 1\3 IV (i) c :; o .c I ~ a. « .... 0 lo t- ::Ja.. "- (!)

co O'l

191 Statement XIII - 3

Sex ratio (females per 1,000 males) 1901 - 1981

Year Town District State

2 3 4

1901 843 939 978

1911 984 947 966

1921 1,011 9~7 950

1931 1,007 935 947

1941 829 940 949

1951 955 920 941

1961 856 919 936

1971 895 894 930

1981 920 883 937

During the period 1901 to 1981 the sex ratio of As jper 1981 Census there are seven districts the district and the state declined considerably, but in Bombay division. They are Gr. Bombay, ThaDe, for some ups and downs in the trend. During this Raigarh, Ratnagiri, Nashik, Dhule and Jalgaon. Jawhar period 1901-1981 the sex ratio of the town fluctu­ is atown of Thane district divided into 20 wards. The ated substantially between 829 to 1011, compared sex ratio of the population is not uniform in all­ to the sex ratio of the district between 883 to 947, wards. Out of 20 wards, ward No.1, Gorwadi, with and for the state between 930 to 978. The sex ratio a sex ratio of 1252 is on the top while ward no. 2 of the town was 843 in 1901, again rose to 1011 in Panchayat Samiti with a sex ratio of 526 is at the 1921 and 1931 due to out migration of males from bottom. There are 5 wards with sex ratio above the town for better prospects. then started declining 1,000 and remaining 15 are below 1,000. The ward­ and reached the level of 895 in the year 1971 and wise sex ratio is given in the statement below. again went upto 920 in 1981. (XIII-4)

192 Statement XIII-4

Sex ratio by wards,1981 Census

Ward Population Sex ratio Persons Males Females (Females per 1000 males)

2 3 4 5

Jawhar (M.C.!,) 7,055 3,674 3,381 920

1. Gorwadi 259 115 144 1,252

2. Panchayat Samiti 290 190 100 526

3. Mahalaxmi Manir 245 127 118 929

4. Buddha Wada 387 195 192 985

5. Nawapada 313 145 168 1,159

6. Sadanand Maharaj Chowk 248 125 123 984

7. Sonar Ali 351 178 173 972

8. Gandhi Chowk 376 206 170 825

9. Ram Mandir 457 238 219 920

10. Nehru Chowk 333 180 153 850

11. Mahadeo Temple 398 204 194 951

12. Vishnu Mandir 582 286 296 1,035

13. Vitthal Mandir 424 232 192 828

14. S.T.Stand area 559 316 243 769

15. Lokmanya Tilak Chowk 234 138 96 696

16. Ambika Chowk 267 144 123 854

17. Mukane Colony 241 125 116 928

18. Fish Market 324 150 174 1,160

19. Koli Wada 315 141 174 1,234

20. Mangel Wada 452 239 213 891

By and far, the bulk of the population in the cent, Sikhs 0.22 percent, others 0.05 per cent and district is Hindus (83.03%). The Muslims (8.38%) religion not stated accounts for 0.Q1 per cent. The from the second largest group and Buddhists (3.66%) distribution of the population of the district by reli- the third. Theother communities found in the district gion is given below. (XIII-S) constitute Christtians 3.29 per cent Jains 1.36 per

193 Statement XIII - 5 with the whole of the country road routes of Bom­ bay-Agra road, Bombay-Ahmadabad road, Bombay­ Religionwise distribution of population in Thane Pune-Hyderabad road,Bombay-Konkan-Goa road and district, 1981 Census a number of state highways also pass though Thane district. The district is well connected by roads with Religion Persons Percentage adjoining areas like Greater Bombay, Raigarh, Pune 2 3 and Nashik districts and Surat District of Gujrat State. The district headquarters is also connected by Buddhists 122,743 3.66 roads with all the tahsisl headquarters.

Christians 110,070 3.29 About 6 of the 10 villages (59.05%) in the district encompassing 73.44 per cent of the rural Hindus 2,782,926 83.03 population have a bus stop/railway station/water Jains 45,609 1.36 way. The largest net work of communication facili­ ties has been found in Jawhar tahsil where 116 of Muslims 280.701 8.38 the 122 villages are connected by one or other menas of communicastion. Against this, Vada tahsil Sikhs 7.379 0.22 looks poorly cared for out of 166 of its villages only Others 1,799 0.05 48 (28.92%) have been provided with communica­ tion amenities. Of 1,031 villages having the availabil­ Reliogion not stated 335 0.01 ity of various means of communication,240 villages have less then 500 population each whereas 35 Total 3,351,562 100.00 villages have above 5,000. Remaining 628 and 128 villages fall in the population range of 500-1999 and Transport and Communications 2,000-4999 respectively. 715 villages are devoid of any means of communication. 415 villages have one After the formation of Maharashtra State there . or the other means of communication available within has been much improvement in the transport and a distance of 5 kms. AnGlther 205 villages have them communication facilities of the district. Thane district availlable within a dstance of 5-10 kms. Yet another is advatageously situated as regards facilities of 95 villages have them at distance of more then 10 transport and communications. The first railway line kms. in India was opened for traffic from Bombay to Thane on 16th April 1853. The opening of this Pucca Road railway line is one of the most important landmarks in the economic development not only, of the Bombay 979 (56.07%) villages are connected by pucca - Thanes region but also of the Bombay outlying roads in the district and they 71.71 per cent rural areas and hiterland. All the trunk railway routes, viz., population of the district. Jawhar tahsil leads within Bombay-Baroda Delhi line, Bombay-Bhusawal-Calcutta the district with 121 of its 122 villages having the line, and ~ombay-Pune-Madras line traverse through benifit of approach by pucca road. On the other this district. In fact, the broad gauge lines of the hand Mokhada tahsil looks the least cared for. Central and Western railways, which connect Bom­ Only 14 of Its 79 villages are connected by such bay with the rest of India, pass through the district., roads. Of the villages connected by pucca road, ?36 Bombay Is the focal point of rail routes passing (24.11 %) villages have a population of less than through the district and radiating In northern, east­ 500 each, against this 35. (3.58%) villages have more ern and south-eastern directions. These routes con­ than 5,000 each. The remaining 580 (59,24%) and nect the important place in the district practically 128 (13.07%) villages fall in the population range of

194 500-1999 and 2,000-4,ggg-respectively. pilgrimage and festivals within and outside the re­ gion. The town enjoy two pilgrims or 'Utsava' every Working force year.The one is Sadanand Maharaj's Urs.This is held on every 'Bhadrapad Vadya Saptami' which is the Out of 26 districts of the State, Thane district birthday of late Shri Sadanad Maharaj.The speciality stands 22nd inso far as its contribution to working of this 'Urs' is that both 'Hindus and Muslims' take force in the state is conemed . In the district as a part in puja of Shri Sadanand Maharaj Dargah the whole 37.83 per cent of the total population are Other festival is of 'Dasara'. The festival is held for economically active. Sexwise data reveal that male the day and the following nigHt. On this day people and female workers constitue 54.36 per cent and from surrounding villages also come to thetown to 19.11 per cent respectively. Some of the main eco­ attend festivals and enjoyment of social activities. nomic activities in the district is found in the field of 'other services'. 28.21 per cent of the total main Ragi(Nagli) and Vari are the major crops. There workers are engaged as cultivators and 12.94 per are no notable industries functioning in the town. cent as agricultural labourers. 2.71 per cent are Only vari mills, saw mills and printig presses are in engaged in household ind ustry and 56.14 per cent the town. Economically jawhar town is not a rich in other services. The important ~rops in the district town due to lack of industries. This is situated on are rice and vari. top of the hill. There is no adequate transprt facility available. Because of this, the town may not de­ In Jawhar town of the total main workers, velop as fast as the rest towns of the district. 11.28 per cent. are cultivasters and 9.46 per cent are agricultural labouresrs. 7.13 per cent workers Politically, in Jawhar town, Congrss (I) is a are engaged in hosehold industry and 72.13 are in p'redominent force. Majority of the concillors of It he other services. municipal council belong to Congress (I) party. But at the tahsil level CPM has the greater infulence. Special Economic, Social and Cultural relations of Jawhar town with other towns of the region Travel index of the population

Jawhar municipal town, which is a tahsil head­ People of the town travel from place to place quarters located 110 kms. away from Thane. There for business, study, pilgrimage etc. Several persons is frequent bus services between Thane and Jawhar of the town visit places which are located outside town. People of the town depend on Nashik for the state. There is however, no one who has visited whole-sale trade and other requiements, especially foreign countries.Among the places visited by the for food and vegetables. People from the town oc­ town dwellers outside the state are Uttar Pradesh, casionally go to Nashik to purchase some major Gujarat and Karnatka. The other places visited by items of necessity. They also visit the district hospi­ them are Nashik,Shirdi, Akkalkot, Pandharpur, Dehu, tal for better treatment. Alandi, Tuljapur and Narsobachi Wadi for religious purposes and the towns such as Bombay, Pune, Instltutioins for higher education, are not avail­ Ahmedanagar and Nagpur are visited frequentlyfor able In Jawhar town therefore, the boys and girls business purposes. The travel index, which is the from the town have to go either to Bombay or average of the maximum distance travelled by the Nashlk. The district collectorate, Employment Ex­ members of the sample households aged 5 and change, District Court etc. are located in Thane above in the year 1985 is found to be 364.19 km. in district and so people not only from Jawhar but also general 403.73 kms.for males and 318.31 kms.for from all overthe district have to visit Thane. Jawhar females.The castwise travel index shows that the town has cultural relations with famous places of persons of Maratha community have travelled longer

195 distance. The persons belonging to Agri. Community purchase commodities like hand loom cloth etc. Vik­ travelled less distance. As compared to Hindus as a ramgad and Mokhada villages are near to Jawhar whole, the travel index for Muslims is found to be town. Merchants visit these towns for purchasing very low at 350.00 .kms Similarly, while the occupa­ edible oil, onion and potatoes, cereals and pulses, tion status of the person is considered, the persons sugar, rice and vegetables. Besides, other persons who are engaged in highly professinal and salaried from neighbouring villages come to this town for jobs, travelled longer distances. purchasing day to day requirements. Many traders or their representatives visit this town for purchasing Particulars of places from/to where people com­ commodities. mute for: (c) Participation in Cinema and Other entertai!1- (a) Earning livelihood: As mentioned earlier a ments number of establishments, including Government and Semi-Government offices are located in Jawhar town. There is no entertainment activity in the town Transport facility by road is available to persons worth mentioning except 4 video centres, a sports who live outside the town but to work in any of the club and a library. There is only one cinema theatre establishments in the town transport facility of bus is in the town but now it is closed. People from not available. A number at persons come from neigh­ nearby villages like Boraie, Gorthan, Jamsar and bouring villages, such as Boraie, Gerthan, Kutarvihir, Dengachimet who wish to see cinema shows attend Jasmar, Jawhar-Rural and Dengachiment. Boys and video centres in the town. There is a sports club in girls commute for the college/schools, merchents the town and some sports are organised by the for business purpose and some for service in gov­ club. The library and a reading room of the town ernment offices. There are some persons who travel are also used by persons of the town. to places outside the town in connection with em­ ployment and business. These places can be men­ (d) Medical facilities tioned as Nashik, Bombay, Thane, Bhiwandi, Dahanu and Vada. State Government, Hospital, maternity hospital and private dispensaries in the town serve the town (b) Marketing of commodities: Jawhar town dwellers as well as the rural population of Bharsat­ is not a big marketing centre but the commodities met, Boraie and Jamsar villages. For more serious required for daily use can be obtained from the ailments, patients from the town and from neigh­ shope and the small markets located in the town. bouring villages are admitted in the district hospital Generally, the shop owners in Jawhar town buy at Thane. Advanced medical facilities are available in essential commodities, articles etc. in large scale the Hospitals at Bombay. from Dahanu and Nashik. The producers of neigh­ bouring villages find market for vegetables, cereals, Particulars of places outside the town pulses, groundnut, Jowar, Bejra ill the Jawhar town (a) Texis and car play from the town: and also in other towns of the Thane district. There is no milk' society in the town. Milkmen from the Taxi and car services are not available in the nearby villages bring milk for sale to the restaurants, town Nashik, Dahanu and Thane are the places to hotels, tea-shops, and households in Jawhar towns. which only state transport corporation buses play The Veda town is located about 40 km. away from' from the town. Jawhar. It is also, a marketing centre for forest products and persons who deal in these products (b) Important Public Institutions: visit this town. Bhiwandi town is another· business centre visited by merchants and their agents to The Public Works Department, Police Station,

196i Telephone Exchange, Tahsil 6ffice etc. located in Demographic and other characteristics of the the town, extend their services beyond the town to selected villages include some villages. Maharashtra State Electricity Board supplies electricity outside the town, also. 18 villages situated close to the Jawhar town Jawhar being a tahsil place, the postal delivery 20ne fall under the influence of this town. Most of these of the sub-post office extends service to the neigh­ villages are located within a red ius of 10 Km. The bouring villages and it controls the branch post details regarding the routes on which these villages offices at the villages falling under its jurisdiction. are located and their distance from Jawhar are given below: (XI 11-6)

Statement XIII - 6 Details of the selected villages under Urban influence

Name of village Distance Routes from Jawhar town in Kms.

2 ' 3

1. Bharsatmet 4 Nandanma 1-Borala road (Village)

2. Boraie 4 Other district road No.2?

3. Kutarvihir 5 Jawhar-Palshin village road.

4. Adkhadak 5 Jawhar-Palshin village road.

5. Gorthan 6 Important district road, village road from Akore.

6. Alyachimet ? Approach road to Jawhar-Talasari, other district road, Gorthan-Akore village road.

7. Jamsar 7 Important district road, No. M-S.

8. Dhanoshi 8 Jawhar-Vada State High way.

9. Akhar 8 Important district road No. M-9

10. Sakur 8 Jashar-Vada village road

11. Poyshet 9 Approach road to Jawhar-Talasari, other district road,

12. Garadwadi 9 Jawhar-Dahanu State High way.

13. Kasatwadi 9 Jawhar-Dahanu State High way.

14. Kadachimet 9 Jawhar-Vada State High way, Jawhar-Pinjal village road.

15. Jawhar (Rural) 10 Important district road.

16. Kashivali Tarf Dengachimet 10 Jawhar-Vada State High way.

17. Kalamvihira 10 Jawhar-Dahanu State High way.

18. Pathardi 10 Jawhar-Pinjal village road.

1971 All these villages are connected to the town by services and 260 are non-workers. roads and all the routes are served by bus. Gorthan, Jawhar(Rural) and Akhar village~ are on important Decade population variation (1971-81) is +86 Jawhar district road. Garadwadi Kasatwadi and (+ 10.09%). Density of population is 106 per km2. K~lamvihira villages are on Jawhar-Dahanu State Number of households per 100 Census houses are ;-lighway. Dhanoshi, Kadachimet and Kashivali Tarf 100 only. The amenities available to the vilalge .are Dengachimet villages are on Jawhar-Vada State primary school. drinking water (well and river). Highway. Alyacimet and Poyshet villages are con­ communication by ST bus and pucca road. The nected by an approach road to Jawhar-Talasari, main staple food is rice and vari. other district road and Gorthan-Akore village road. Kutarvihir and Adkhadak villages are on Jawhar­ 3. Kutarvihar: Kutarvihir is a village with an Palshin village road, Boraie village is on other dis­ area ot' 3.71 sq. kms. and a population of 227 trict road No.27, Bharsatmet is on Nandanmal-Bo­ persons, comprising 114 males and 113 females. All rala village road, Sakur village is on Jawhar-Vada are from scheduled tribe community. This village is village road and Pathardi is on Jawhar-Pinjal Village located 5 kms. from Jawhar on 'Jawhar-Palshin vil­ road. lage road. 29 Persons are literates in the village. It has 100 households per 100 occupied residential 1. Bharsatmet houses. 96 persons are engaged in various activities - 67 are cultivators, 24 are agricultural labourers. 1 Bharsatmet is a small village with an area of (1.04%) is engaged in households industry, 4(\ (4.17%) 2.45 sq kms. and a population of 356 persons, are other workers and 2 are marginal workers and compriing 170 males and 186 females. Among them 129 are nOil-workers. 349 are from scheduled tribe community. It is lo­ cated 4 kms. away from Jawhar on Nandanma­ Decade population variation (1971-81) is +18 2 Borala road 57 persons are literates. It has 100 ( + 8.61). Density of population is 61 per km . The households per 100 occupied residential houses. amenities available to the village are primary school. 220 workers are engaged in different activities-202 drinking water (well and nallah), communication by are cultivators, 16 are agricultural labourers, 2 (0.91 %) state transport bus ~nd pucca road. No medical. are other workers,;;l is a marginal worker and 135 postal and market facilities are available in the are non-workers. village.

Decade population variation (1971-81) is 4. Adkhadak: Adkhadak is the smallest village +23(+6.91%}. Density of PClPulation is 145 per km2. among the selected 18 villages in respect of area The amenities available in the village are primary and population. it has an area of 1.79- sq. kms. Only school, drinking water (well). pucea road, communi­ 172 persons of scheduled tribe community are living cation by ST bus. in the village, comprising of 76 males and 96 females. it is located 5 kms. away from Jawhar 2. Boraie: Boraie is a village with an area of onJawhar-Palshin village road. Of the population 107 8.87 sq.kms. and a population of 938 persons. workers are engaged in various activities - 65 are comprising 476 mal~s and 462 females. Among these, cultivators. 39 are agricultural labourers, 3 (2.80%) 931 are scheduled tribes. This village is located 4 are other workers, 2 are marginal workers and 63 kms. from Jawhar, on district road No. 27. 42 per­ are non-workers. Only 8 persons are literates in the sons are literates in the village, 678 workers afe village. engaged in various activities - 380 are cultivators, 200 are agricultural labourers, 1 (0. 15%) is engaged Decade population variation (1971-81) is -27 (- in household industry and 97 (14.31 %) are in other 13.57%). Density of population is 96 per km2. There

198 are 100 households per 100 _ occupied residential communication by State Transport bus and pucca houses. The amenities available in the village are road. Medical, postal and electrical facilities are not primary school, drinking water (well and river), pucca available to this village. The main staple food of the road and communication by state transport bus. villagers is rice and vari. Medical, postal, market and electrical facilities are not available in the village. The main staple food is 7. Jam~ar: Jamsar is a village with an area of rice and vari. 9.50 sq. kms. and a population of 1254 persons, comprising 598 males and 656 females. It is located 5. Garthan: Gorthan is a village with an area 7 kms. away from the town on district road. Among of 7.28 sq. kms and a population of 1,233 persons, the total population of the village 9 are scheduled comprising 585 males and 648 females. it is located castes and 1202 are scheduled tribes. 140 persons 6 kms. from Jawhar on Jawhar-Akore road. Out of are literates in thevillage. 696 workers are engaged 1233 persons, 1223 are from sched uled tribe com­ in different activities - 464 are cultivators, 214 are munity. Only 177 persons are literates. 688 persons agricultural labourers, 1 (0.14%) person is engaged are engaged in various activities - 593 are cultiva­ in household industry and 17 (2.44%) are other tors, 56 are agricultural labourers, 6 (0.87%) are workers. 1 is a marginal worker and 557 are non­ engaged in households industry, 33 (4.80%) are workers. other workers, 2 are marginal workers and 543 are non-workers. Decade population variation (1971-81) is -61 (- 2 4.64%). Density of population is 132 per km • Number Population increased by +219 (+21.60%) dur­ of households per 100 Census houses are 101. The ing 1971-81 decade. Density of population is 169 amenities available to the village are primary school, per km2. There are 100 households per 100 occu­ drinking water (well, tank, nallah) post office, com­ pied residential houses. The amenities available to municatIOn by State Transport bus, pucca road and thevillage are primary school, drinking water (well), electricity for demostic purposes. The main staple communicationby state transport bus and pucca road. food is rice and vari. Medical, postal and electrical facilities are not avail­ able. 8. Dhanashi: Dhanoshi is a village with an area of 3.48 sq. kms. and a population of 524 6. Alyachimet: Alyachimet is a small village persons, comprising 242 males and 282 females. It with an area of 3.46 km2 and a population of 374 is located 8 kms. from Jawhar town on Jawhar-Vada persons, comprising 184 males and 190 females. All state highway. Out of 524 persons only 2 are sched­ are from scheduled tribe community. There are no uled caste and 522 are scheduled tribes. Only 37 scheduled caste persons. This village is located 7 persons are literates. There are 100 households per kms. from Jawhar town on an approach road to 100 occupied residential houses. 182 workers are Jawhar. Ne literates, are in the village. 251 workers engaged in various activities-140 are cultivators, 37 are engaged in various activities - 242 are cultiva­ are agricultural labourers, 5 (2.75%) are other work­ tors, 9 are agricultural labourers, no marginal work­ ers and 342 are non-workers. ers and 123 are non-workers. Population is increased by + 105 (+ 25.06). 2 Decade population variation 1971-81 is + 29 Density of population is 151 per km • The amenities (+8.41%). Der.3ity of population is 108 per km2. available to the village are primary school, drinking Number of Households per 100 Census houses are water (well and river), State Transport bus serivce, 109 only. Most of the persons are engaged in culti­ electriCity of domestic purpose and pucca road. The '.-ation. Following amenities are available in this vil­ main staple food is rice and vari. lage-primary school, drinking water (well and nallah),

199 9. Akhar: Akhar is a village with an area of lation is 146 per Km2.. Number of households per 2.22 km2 and a population of 420 persons, compris-. 100 Census houses are 100 only. The amenities ing 203 males and 217 females. This village is available to the village are primary school, drinking located 8 kms. from Jawhar town on district road. water (well), communication by State Transport bus All the persons are from scheduled tribe community. and pucca road. The main staple food is rice and 42 persons are literates. There are 100 households vari. per 100 occupied residential houses. Out of 126 12. Goradwadi: Garadwadi is a village with an workers 104 are CUltivators, 16 are agricultural labour­ area of 7.99 Km2. and a population of 466 persons, ers, 1 (0.79%) is engaged in household industry and comprising 241 males and 225 females. Of them 5 (3.97%) are in other services and 294 are non­ 465 persons are from scheduled tribe community workers. and only 95 persons are literates. There are 100 Decade population variation is -10 (-2.33%). households per 100 occupied residential houses. Density of population is 189 per km2. The amenities The village is located at 4 kms. from Jawhar on available to the village are primary school, drinking Jawhar -Dahanu state highway. 161 workers are water (well and river), state transport bus service engaged in various activities - 71 persons are culti­ and pucca road. vators 70 are agricultural labourers, 7 (4.35%) are engaged in household industry and 13 (8.07%) are 10. Sakur: Sakur is a village with an area of in other services, 142 workers are marginal workers 3.16 km2. and a population of 690 persons, compris­ and 163 are non-workers. ing 364 males and 326 females. Out of 690 persons, 5 are scheduled castes and 670 are scheduled Population is increased + 114 (32.39%) during tribes. it is located 8 kms. away from the town on 1971-81. Density of population is 58 per Km2. The Jawhar-Vada village road. 217 persons are literates. amenities available to the village are primary school, There are 100 households per 100 occupied resi­ drinking water (well and nallah) and State Transport dential houses. 188 workers are engaged in various bus service. activities - 130 are cultivators, 25 are a~ricultural 13. Kasatwadi: Kasatwadi is a village with an labourers, 1(0.53%) is engaged in household indus­ area of 8.56 km2. and a populatio of 804 persons, try, 32 (17.02%) are in other services and 502 are comprising 411 males and 393 females. Among them non-workers. 797 persons are from scheduled tribe community. Population is increased by + 268 (+ 63.5%) 120 persons are literates. This village is located 9 during 1971-81 decade. Density of population is 219 kms. from Jawhar. 364 workers are engaged in per km2.. The amenities available to the village are various activities - 262 are cultivators, 97 are agricul­ Primary School, drinking water (well) dispensary, 8T tural labourers and 5 (1.37%) are other workers, 124 bus service and pucca road. are marginal workers and 316 are non-workers.

11. Poyshet: Poyshet is a village with an area Population is increased by + 100 (+ 14.20%) of 3.83 km2. and a population of 561 persons, during 1971-81. Density of population is 94 per km2. comprising 273 males and 288 females. There are Number of households per 100 Census houses are no scheduled caste persons. Poyshet is a new vil­ 101. The amenities available to the village are pri­ lage formed in the 1981 Census. This village is mary school, drinking water (well) and State Trans­ located 9 Kms. away from Jawhar town on the port bus serivice. The main staple food is rice and approach road to Talasari. 148 persons are literates vari. in the village. 296 workers are engaged in different 14. Kadachimet: Kadachimet is a village with activities - 241 are cultivators, 43 are agricultural an area of 4,06 km2. and a population of 445 labourers, 12 (4.05%) are other workers, 2 are marginal persons, comprising 213 males and 232 females. it workers and 263 are non-workers. Density of popu- is located 9 kms. away from the town on Jawhar-

200 Vada state highway. Ttw whole population is of Population decreased by -277 (-35.19%) during 2 scheduled tribe community and only 65 persons are 1971-81. Density of population is 76 per km . The literates among them. 281 workers are engaged in amenities available to the village are primary school, various activities - 197 are cultivators, 81 are agricul­ drinking water (well), State Transport bus service tural labourers, 3 (1.07%) are other workers, 1 is a and pucca road. The main staple food of the villag­ marginal workers and 163 are non-workers. ers is rice and vari.

Population increased by +84 (+23.27%) during 17. Kalamvihira: Kalamvihira is a village with 2 2 1971-81. Density of population is 110 per km • There an area of 2.15 km • and a population of 294 are 100 households per 100 occupied residential persons comprising 133 males and 161 females. houses. The amenities available to the village are Among them 292 persons are from scheduled tribe primary school, drinking water (well), and State community. It is located at a distance of 10 kms. on Transport bus service. Jawhar-Dahanu state highway. Only 18 persons are literates. There are 100 households per 100 occu­ 15. Jawhar-Rural: Jawhar-Rural is a village with pied residential houses. 103 workers are engaged in an area of 19.32 km2. and a population of 1214 various activities - 73 are cultivators, 13 are agricul­ persons, comprising 603 males and 611 females. tural labourers, 15 (14.56%) are other workers, 79 Among these, 1183 persons -are from scheduled are marginal workers and 112 are non-workers. tribe community. This village is located 10 kms. from Jawhar. 64 persons are literates in the village. Population increased by + 15( + 5.38%) during It has 100 households per 100 occupied residential 1971-81. Density of population is 137 per km2. The houses. 305 workers are engaged in different activi­ amenities available to the village are primary school, ties 215 are cultivators, 47 are agricultural labourers, drinking water (well) and State Transport bus serv­ 5(1.64%) persons are engaged in household industry ice. Medical, postal and electrical facilities are not and 38 (12.46%) are in other services, 454 persons available. The main staple food is rice and vari. are marginal workers and 452 are non-workers. 18. Pathardi: Pathardi is a village with an area Decade population variation (1971-81) is -273 of 16.33 km2. and a population of 1085 persons, 2 (-18.36%). Density of population is 63 per km . The comprising 545 males and 540 females. Among them amenities available to the village are primary school, 1070 are from scheduled tribe community. Only 50 drinking water (tap, well, river and nallah), post and persons are literates. It is located at a distance of telegrpah, dispensary and electricity for domestic 10 kms. from Jawhar on Jawhar-Pinjal village road. purpose. The main staple food of the people is rice The percentage of workers to total population is and vari. 60.55. Most of the workers are engaged in agricul­ tural activities. 1(0.15%) is engaged in households 16. Kashivali Tart Dengachimet: This is a industry and 13 (1.98%) are engaged in other serv­ small village with an area of 6.74 km2 and a popu­ ices. lation of 510 persons, comprising 251 males and 259 females. The whole population of the village is Decade population variation (1971-81) is -37 of scheduled tribe community. it is located at a (-3.30%). Density of population is 66 per km2. Number distance of 10 kms. from Jawhar on Jawhar-Vada of households per 100 Census houses are 100. The state highway. only 18 persons are literates. There amenities available to the village are primary school, are 100 households per 100 occupied residential drinking water (well and nallah) and state transport houses. 199 workers are engaged in various activi­ bus service. ties - 162 are cultivators, 33 are agricultural labour­ In order to study the urban influence, other ers' 4 (2.01 %) are other workers, .89 are mar'ginal demographic characteristics for the selected villages workers and 222 are non-workers. are given in the following statement (XIII-7)

201 Statement: XIII-7

Area, Population, Density of Population, Occupied Census Houses, Number of Households and Number of Households per 100 Census Houses for the selected villages, 1981 Census

Name of village Area in Population Density of No of No. of No. of Sq. Km. popula- occupied house- house- tion census holds holds houses per 100 Census houses

2 3 4 5 6 7

1. Bharsatmet 2.45 355 145 66 66 100 2. Boraie 8.87 938 106 201 201 100 3. Kutarvihir 3.71 227 61 47 47 100 4. Adkhadak 1.79 172 96 41 41 100 5. Gorthan 7.28 1233 169 203 203 100 6. Alyachimet 3.46 374 108 76 76 100 7. JamSa; 9.50 1254 132 266 268 101 8. Dhanoshi 3.48 524 151 101 101 100 9. Akhar 2.22 420 189 87 87 100 10. Sakur 3.16 690 219 100 100 100 11. Poyshet 3.83 561 146 112 112 100 12. Garadwad i 7.99 466 58 93 93 100 13. Kasatwadi 8.56 804 94 160 161 101 14. Kadachimet 4.06 445 110 90 90 100 15. Jawhar (Rural) 19.32 1214 63 242 242 100 16. Kashivali Tart Dengachimet 6.74 510 76 99 99 100 17. Kalamvihira 2.15 294 137 60 60 100 18. Pathardi 16.33 1085 66 204 204 100

Out of the 18 villages selected, it appears that households to 100 Census Houses. only 4 villages namely Jamsar, Gorthan, Jawhar Rural and Pathardi have larger population as com- The decadal growth rate of population for the pared to other villages of the region. Jamsar and 18 villages are given in Statement XIII - 8 Kasatwadi villages have substantial ratio (101) of

202 Statement XIII-8

Growth rate of poplliation for the selected villages

Name of villages Population Percentage decade variation 1971 1981

2 3 4

1. Bharasatmet 333 356 +6.91

2. Boraie 852 938 +10.09

3. Kutarvihir 209 227 +8.61

4. Adkhadak 199 172 -13.57

5. Gorthan 1014 1233 +21.60

6. Alyachimet 345 374 +8.41

7. Jamsar 1315 1254 -4.64

8. Dhanoshi 419 524 +25.06

9. Akhar 430 420 -2.33

10. Sakur 422 690 +63.51

11. Poyshet * 561

12. Garadwadi 352 466 +32.39

13. Kasatwadi 704 804 + 14.20

14. Kadachimet 361 445 +23.27

15. Jawhar (Rural) 1487 1214 -18.36

16. Kashivali Tart Dengachimet 787 510 -35.19

17. Kalamvihira 279 294 +5.38

18. Pathardi 1122 1085 -3.30

* New Village

203 Among the 18 villages Sakur has the highest the state and district. growth rate of population +63.51 per cent and Kashivali Tart Dengachimet village has the lowest Conceptually the main workers plus the mar­ growth rate of -35.19 per cent. The decadal growth ginal workers of 1981 are almost comparable with rate varies considerably village to village. the workers plus 'non-workers with secondary work' of 1971. Such type of village level data is not State and the district registered rural growth available for 1971 as per census definition and hence rate of 17.55 per cent and 28.21 per cent respec­ the comparison is not given. tively during the decade 1971-1981. It can be seen from the above statement that, the growth rate of Another factor indicating the urban influence Dhanoshi (25.06%), Kadachimet (23.27%), Gorthan can be seen from the ratio of workers in households (21.60%) villages is higher than that of the State and and manufacturing industries and other workers. lower than the district. Except 5 villages the growth Statement given below (XIII-9) gives such details for rate of remaining 13 villages is lower than that of the selected 18 villages.

Statement XIII-9

Total workers in household industries and other workers and percentage to total workers in selected villages (1981 Census)

Name of Village Total Total workers Percentage Other Percentage Percentage to main in household of workers workers of workers total main workers industry V (a) in V (a) to (III, IV in III, IV, V(b) workers both total main V(b) VI VI to IX to household workers to IX total main industries and workers other workers

2 3 4 5 6 7

1. Bharsatmet 220 2 0.91 0.91 2. Boraie 678 0.15 97 14.31 14.46 3. Kutarvihir 96 1.04 4 4.17 5.21 4. Adkhadak 107 3 2.80 2.80 5. Gorthan 688 6 0.87 33 4.80 5.67 6. Alyachimet 251 7. Jamsar 696 0.14 17 2.44 2.58 8. Dhanoshi 182 5 2.75 2.75 9. Akhar 126 0.79 5 3.97 4.76 10. Sakur 188 0.53 32 17.02 17.55 11 Poyshet 296 12 4.05 4.05 12. Garadwadi 161 7 4.35 13 8.07 12.42 13. Kasatwadi 364 5 1.37 1.37 14. Kadachimet 181 3 1.66 1.07

15. Jawhar Rural 305 5 , 1.64 38 12.46 14.10 16. Kashivali Tart Denpchimet 199 4 2.01 2.01 17. Kalamvihira 103 15 14.56 14.56 18. Pathardi 657 0.15 13 1.98 2.13

204 79.26 per cent of the total main workers in In "'order to visualise the impact of Jawha Jawhar town are engaged in household Industries urban influence on the nighbouring villages, th and other works. But there are no significant work- literacy of the selected villages is presented belm _." ers engaged in household industries as well as in (X1II-10) other works of these villages.

Statement XIIJ-10

Literacy rates in selected villages (1981 Census)

Name of villages Population 1981 Number of literate Percentage of literate

1. Bharasatmet 356 57 16.01

2. Boraie 938 42 4.48

3. Kutarvihir 227 29 12.78

4. Adkhadak 172 8 4.65

5. Gorthan 1233 177 14.36

6. Alyachimet 374

7. Jamsar 1254 140 11.16

8. Dhanoshi 524 37 7.06

9. Akhar 420 42 10.00

10. Sakur 690 217 31.45

11. Poyshet 561 148 26.38

12. Garadwadi 466 95 20.39

13. Kasatwadi 804 120" 14.93

14. Kadachimet 445 65 14.61

15. Jawha( (Rural) 1214 64 5.27

16. Kash ivai i Tart Dengachimet 510 18 3.53

17. Kalamvihira 294 18 6.12

18. Pathardi 1085 50 4.61

205 Thane district as a whole has recorded a literacy rate. Iit~racy rate of 38.58 per cent in the rural areas for 1981 Census. While the literacy rate of Jawhar Among the 18 selected villages, only 3 villages town is 63.40 per cent, the rural literacy rate for all (Jamsar, Jawhar-Rural and Dhanoshi) have been the villages in Jawhar tahsil is 13.97 per cent. The electrified. Only 3 villages (Jamsar, Jawhar-Rural and literacy rate of the selected villages is far behind Pathardi) have postal facilities and 2 villages (Jawhar­ from Jawhar town. Only Sakur village shows it Rural and Sakur) have medical facilities. literacy rate 31.45 per cent. No body is literate in the Alyachimet village. No propaganda of educa­ From our observation and study it is found that tion is r&dched up to the villages. Though the all the villages have retail kirana shops. For cooking primary school facility is available in all the se­ purposes almost all the households use firewood, lected villages, the lack of interest for education twigs etc. Thane and Nashik are the distribution and among the inhabitants of the villages affectt;d the collection centres for these 18 villages.

206 CHAPTER XIV

CONCLUSION

A traverse through the preceding chapters would very limited due to its limited jurisdictional control. have given the reader a clear picture of the town, its It is not enough to provide better facilities to the Socia-economic structure, the interactions between town. It could be said that the sanitation of the the various units of its structural composition, its town is not up to the mark and needs improve­ demographic characteristics, its cultural heritage, the ments. However, most of the amenities required for role played by the political and administrative machin­ general life are available in the town, but educa­ eries, the devant behaviour of inhabitants and so on. tional and medical facilities available in the town, are disproportionate. The villages around the town As regards the origin and growth of the town, it resort to medical and l:lducational facilities available is seen that town Jawhar was, a former princely state. in the town but for all specialized demands people The area of the town is reduced from 9.07 Sq. km. to have to go to cities like Thane, Bombay, Nashik or 3.57.sq. km. during 1971-1981, because some urban elsewhere. Position regarding leisure and recrea­ area has been declassified as rural area in 1981. The tion of the town is not so bad. Though the town town itself being the tahsil headquarters in Thane falls in the tribal area, the cases of crime are district, all tahsil level Government and Semi-Govern­ negligible. ment Offices are located here. it has been recognised as a municipal town since 1918 and is now governed Jawhar town wnich had a population of 3,567 under the Maharashtra Municipal Act, 1965. it is a in 1901 has grown up to 7055 in 1981 reflecting small town in size of area (3.57 Sq. km.) and popu­ about 2 times increase in population over a period lation (7,055) in Thane district and therefore, has not of 80 years. The main factors for the meagre much to bring out all the facilities that are available growth rate of population are the lack of industries, to a big city. In a small town normally access to lack of proper transportation facility owing to the place of work is within the walkable distance and hilly area and the scarcity of fertile land. From the hence there appears no problem of transportation but above it is to be admitted that there is neither fast taking into consideration the hilly portion of the Jawhar growth nor fast development. The town lis pre­ town, the internal transport system is not extensive to dominantly inhabited by the persons belnging to make an easy access to the place of work. This lower-middle class and low income group. In the inadequacy has naturally necessitated the workers to absense of big industrial units and commercial go by walk or by cycles. Only a few affluents like the establishments in the- town the major portion of the bank managers, Government officers have two wheeler town's population has been engaged in other serv­ vehicles. Car owners are a accountable among a few ices. Aaccording to 1981 Census out of total 2,146 businessmen and top brass Government officials. The main workers, 11.28 per cent are engaged in CUlti­ transport system of the town and in the surrounding vation, 9.46 per cent are engaged as agricultural areas is unique in the sense that it is a town well labourers, 7.13 per cent are in household industry connected by state highways and roads in other and 72.13 per cent are in other services. districts which passes through the surrounding vil­ lages. In viewing the development of a town, certain factors are to taken into consideration since the The size of the town is one of the reason for development of the town is not a mere increase in the efficient municipal administration. However, the numbers. It means certain changes in the infra­ finance available for the municipal administration is structure of the society, in its ecnomic status and to a certain extent in its political and administrative inhabitants of various neighbourhoods. Most of the set up also. In this context certain hypotheses are neighbourhoods are not independent and they de­ needed to be tested. In any urban increase it is said pend on each other for one or more economic, that the upper classes increase at greater rate than educatoinal, medical, social and purchase require­ the upper classes. This is true for Jawhar town also. ments. As regards the political awareness it may Ibe On the basis of the statistics collected for 250 house­ stated that this area is politically conscious and the holds in 20 wards, it is observed that the increase is people of the town have knowledge of political trans­ high in economically poor population than rich popu­ formation taking place in the country. lation. This is not a good sign in regard to this town. It is also observed that Gandhi chowk ward has There are no definite areas allotted for the registered the lowest growth rate. This is a welcome residence of a particular caste or community in the trend to this ward and it is a good sign of urban town. Inter caste living in residential set up is preva­ development. lent except for the fact that scheduled caste and scheduled tribe have segregated dwellings. The The growth of the town has also contributed to Mukane colony is separated only by a few yards the change in social structure. The social set up in from the main body of community which does not Jawhar town is heterogeneous in character. There is have any impact on the social structure. no social mobility movement by lower class for at­ taining higher status in the town. Social distance has The economic conditions of the scheduled tribes apparently decreased a little but in practice, it is still have improved much. Now, the tribals have a without much change. Chances for inter-caste mar­ much higher percentage of workers than any other riages in such an urban setting are more but in class of people. To prevent indebtedness of the Jawhar town caste integration by marrying within the tribals who were exploited by the moneylenders who castes is still maintained. However, the groups of advance cash to these people in hard days, the mutual integration like caste association or commu­ Government of Mahaarashtra have passed an enact­ nity association are found in the town. Casteism, it ment viz., Mah(irashtra Tribal Economic conditions tends to prove, is not obsolete in the urban social (I mprovement Act 1976) and created alternative structure of Jawhar. The degree of tolerance in inter­ agencies for marketing of specifjed agriculture and dining and inter-living is prevalent in the social life of minor forest produce. the town. The Adivasi Vikas Mahamandal and Integrated Social structure of the town reflects the region Tribal Development Department are the government as a Whole. Though this town is nearer to Gujarat sponsored agencies who works for the welfare of State border, there is no blending of Gujarati and the tribals. This mandai helps the poor cultivators to " Marathi cultures in dress and address as well. The .''*.. purchase livestock, bullock carts, pump sets etc. by >systems and customs of the people are similar to giving 50 percent loan and 50 percent grant. They other areas of Maharashtra. The people of Jawhar also purchase grass in bulk quantity in rainy season have kept the town neat and clean and this is a and gives 30 per cent cash and 70 per cent grains notable point of all communities. The people of vari­ and other utensils to avoid exploitaion by intermedi­ ous communities in tile town reside in harmony and aries. A tailoring course for tribal women is con­ cordial relationship. Hindus, Muslims, Christians of ducted for 4 months for which they are getting a the town have a tradition of mutual friendship. There stipend of Rs. 100/-. After completion of the course has never been any report of serious incident to sewing machines are supplied for which 50 percent disturb communal harmony among these sections. will be loan land 50 per cent grant. In the Ashram Smallness of the town has helped to develop the School, tribal children are geting free food, clothing personal acquaintances and contacts among the and study materials. This has resulted in the overall

208_ improvement of literacy rate among tribals. Though urban growth are evident. The chances for the for levelling of land 100 per cent grant, for mango migration of inter-state or inter-country migrants are plantation 50 per cent grant and 50 per cent loan also, very less. repayable witin 15 years, borewell facilities for drink­ ing water, subsidised electricity are given it may The town is in process of transition but proc­ take some more years to bring the backward classes ess is very slow due to smallness of the town. As into the main stream of population. stated above, the size of the town is one of the reasons for the efficient municipal administration and The town is situated on the top of hill in the also its limited finance. However, this picture can interior part of Thane district and its linkage with the change to some extent if more Holiday Resorts with hinterland is only by bus and, therefore, there is no suitable facilities to the tourists as requested by scope for development of industry and commerce. Department of Tourism are provided. Hence, no revolutionary changes in the economic and social life of the town are expected in near In a modern city, the settings of industry, future. However, its non-industrial character to a commerce, residential colonies etc. will be regulated great extent helps non-pollution of its environment. by master plan so that the functional areas can be Added to this, it is, its educatoinallmportance which clearly demarcated. In Jawhar town such planning is offers calling to the surrounding villagers. No signifi­ unknown. In order to regulate all these sites the cant increase in the growth rate of population of the development plan is proposed but the proposed town is noticed in the preceding decades. The mi­ development plan is not the end but is the right grants to the town are mostly drawn from nearby beginning. This plan would provide the guidelines villages within the district, because the town has no for both the public and municipal council and other attraction for outsiders as no industry worth the authorities responsible for town development for name has been set up nor any characteristics of programming their future actions.